FR200 Series Vector control inverter

FR200 series inverters fast installation and commissioning guide

Step 1. Checking the inverter model No.
FR200□-4T-7.5G/011PB
Brake unit：
Master series code of
None: No Braking Unit
Product：
B: Built-in brake unit（30kW
FR200: Vector control
inverter following built，37 ~ 75kW optional
built，No built above 90kW）

Industry-specific series
code： Adaptable Motor (kW)And Type of
None：Standard Machine Motor：7.5G:7.5kW(General type）
A～Z:Industry-specific 011P:11kW(Fan pump type）
retention

Input voltage: Input voltage phases:

2: 220V(-15%～+30%） S:Single-phase
4: 380V(-15%～+30%） T:Three-phase

Figure 1 Produce Model No. Naming Rule

Step 2. Wirings
By step 1 to check and confirm that the purchased inverter is what user need, and then
wirings as below:
1. Main circuit wiring
Braking Resistor(Optional spares）

MCCB
(+) PB U
L1
Power L2 V M
Inverter
L3 W

Figure 2 Main Circuit Wirings

Terminal marks Designation and function of terminals.
AC power input terminals for connecting to 3-phase AC380V power
R/L1、S/L2、T/L3
supply.
AC output terminals of inverter for connecting to 3-phase induction
U/T1、V/T2、W/T3
motor.
(+)、(-) Positive and negative terminals of internal DC bus.
Positive and negative terminals of internal DC bus. Connecting
PB terminals of braking resistor. One end connected to + and the other to
PB.
Grounding terminal.
2. Control circuit wirings
Different control circuit wirings for different applications, for FRECON product
quick-menu, here take some normal-used wirings as example below:

-1-
FR200 Series Vector control inverter

DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 COM Y1 Y2 GND AO1 AO2 485+ 485- R2A R2B R2C
+24V PLC COM DI5 DI6 DI7/HI +10V AI1 AI2 AI3 GND PE R1A R1B R1C

Figure 3 FR200 series Control Terminal Diagram

2.1 Frequency given by keypad potentiometer, start or stop the machine controlled by RUN
and STOP button on keypad. Control circuits no need to be wired, directly work with power
on.
2.2 Frequency given by external potentiometer, start or stop the machine controlled by
external switch, Control circuit wirings as below:
FWD/STOP
DI1
REV/STOP
DI2

COM
Inverter
GND

Potentiometer AI1

+10V

Figure 4 Control terminal wirings

Parameters need to be set as below:
F01.01 Main frequency source given mode 2: AI1 2
Start/stop command source
F02.00 1: External terminal (LED light turn on) 1
selection
2.3 Frequency given by PID, start/stop controlled by external switch, take constant pressure
water supply as an example, control wirings as below:

FWD/STOP
DI1
REV/STOP
DI2

COM

+10V

400R Inverter

Resistance type
pressure gauge AI1

GND

Figure 5 Control Terminal Wirings

Parameters need to be set as below:
F01.01 Main frequency source given mode 6: Process PID 6
1: External terminal (LED light
F02.00 Start/stop command source selection 1
turn on)
F13.01 PID Digital Given 0.0～100.0% 25.0%

-2-
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
F13.08 Proportional Gain Kp1 0.0～100.0 1.0
F13.09 Integration Time Ti1 0.01～10.00s 0.10s
3. Integrated Wirings Diagram
In many cases, besides the above control wirings, inverter’s fault signal and frequency signal
need to be transferred to upper machine, control signal output and fault reset function added base
on figure 2.2 application mode, inverter’s integrated wirings diagram as below:
Braking resistor(Optional spare)

MCCB P
(+) U
L1 B

Power L2 V M
L3 W

FWD/STOP Inverter
DI1
REV/STOP
DI2
Fault reset AO
DI3 1
Analog
voltmeter
GN
GND D

GND R1A
Potentiometer AI1 R1B
Fault output
R1C
+10V

Figure 6 Integrated Wirings

Step 3 Operations and Display Interface Introduction
Operation panel is a Human-Machine-Interface (HMI), which can change the inverter
function parameter, monitor the inverter work situation, control the inverter run/stop, etc. The
appearance and functional area as below:

Figure 7 Operation panel diagram

-3-
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
3.1 Operation panel button and potentiometer function
There are 8 buttons and 1 analog potentiometer, functions of every button as table 1.
Table 1 Operation Panel Buttons Function Table
Symbol Name Function
Escape Enter or exit Level I menu
Enter the menu interfaces level by level, and
Enter
confirm the parameter setting
Increment Increase data or function code

Decrement Decrease data or function code

Select the displayed parameters in turn in the stop
Shift or running state, and select the digit to be modified
when modifying parameters
Perform function switchover (such as jog run and
quick switchover of
Multifunction
command source or direction) according to the
setting of F16.00
potentiometer With the same function as AI1/AI2

Run Start the inverter in the keypad control mode

Stop the inverter when it is in the running state and
perform the reset operation when it is in the fault
Stop/Reset
state. The functions of this key are restricted in
F16.01.
The inverter will free stop when the run and stop
+ Key combinations
key are pressed simultaneously
3.2 Quick-menu (user customized parameters) instruction
For ease of normal-used parameters quick setting, FR series inverters software version
higher than V1.07, factory menu mode changed to quick-menu (F00.01=1), default quick
parameters refer to schedule.
Display difference between quick menu and basic menu (F00.01=0) is 2nd grade, for ease
of user distinguish the difference and switch method as below:
Menu
Quick Menu Basic Menu
Mode
Display
Difference
F01.01. F01.01 Function code last digit no
nd
Function code last
(2 ) digit with decimal point, no flash. decimal point, flash.

1、Press or , set 1、Press or , switch up or

function code switch up or down down according to order of function code
according to F17 group. 01, 02…
Functional
Distinction 2、Press can go back to 1st grade
2、 Press can’t go back
1st grade menu. menu.
F01
（ ）
Method 1, switch to basic menu Method 1, switch to quick menu by
by changing F00.01=0. changing F00.01=1.
Method 2, when show 2nd menu, Method 2, when show 2nd menu, keep
Inter-switch
keep press button, press button, auto-switch to
auto-switch to basic menu. quick-menu.

-4-
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
If the default quick-parameters can’t meet the user demand, user can self-define the
quick-parameters according to the actual situation; detailed method is to change F17 group
function code.

F17 group supply max 30 groups of user customized parameters, F17 group parameter
show value 00.00, means the user function code is null. When entering user-defined
parameter mode, displayed function code defined by F17-00～F17-29, order keep the same
with F17 group, skip on 00.00. Two digits in left side of decimal point mean function code
group, right side mean the position of the function code group. For example: 05.15 means
F05.15. F00~F20 group corresponds to decimal point left side two digits 00~20, U00 and U01
group corresponds to 48 and 49. Set as 21～46 mean the user function code null. When right
side 2 digits per group more than setting group function code number, also mean user
function code null.
Appendix: shortcut menu factory parameter
Param. Parameter Name Setting Range Default Attr
Setting of User
F00.00 0～65535 0 ×
Password
0: Display all parameters
1: Only display F00.00, F00.01 and
Display of user-defined parameters
F00.01 1 ×
Parameters F17.00～F17.29
2: Only display A0-00, A0-01, and the
parameters different with factory default
0: G type (constant torque load)
F00.03 G/P type display 1: P type (variable torque load 0 ×
e.g. fan and pump)
0:Master digital setting (F01.02)
1: keypad potentiometer
2: Analog input AI1
3: Communication
Master Frequency 4: Multi-reference
F01.01 1 ×
Command Source 5: PLC
6: Process PID output
7: X7/HI pulse input
8: AI2
9: AI3
0: Keypad control (LED off)
1: Terminal control (LED on)
F02.00 Run command 0 ×
2: Communication control (LED
blinking)
0: Forward
F02.01 Running direction 0 △
1: Reverse
0: Ramp to stop
F02.12 Stop mode 0 ×
1: Coast to stop
F03.00 Accel time 0 0.0～6000.0s 15.0s △
F03.01 Decel time 0 0.0～6000.0s 15.0s △
Function of
F04.00 0: No function 1 ×
terminal DI1
Function of
F04.01 1: Running forward (FWD) 2 ×
terminal DI2
Function of
F04.02 2: Running reverse (REV) 7 ×
terminal DI3
Function of
F04.03 3: Three-wire control 13 ×
terminal DI4
Relay 1 output
F05.02 2: Fault output 2 ×
function

-5-
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Power rating of Model
F08.01 0.1～1000.0kW ×
motor 1 defined
Rated voltage of Model
F08.02 60～660V ×
motor 1 defined
Rated current of Model
F08.03 0.1～1500.0A ×
motor 1 defined
Rated frequency Model
F08.04 20.00～Fmax ×
of motor 1 defined
Rated speed of Model
F08.05 1～30000 ×
motor 1 defined
0: No autotuning
Autotuning of
F08.30 1: Static autotuning of async motor 0 ×
motor 1
2: Rotary autotuning of async motor
Unit's place: Bus undervoltage
0: Fault reported and coast to stop
1: Stop according to the stop mode
2: Fault reported but continue to run
3: Fault protection disabled
Ten's digit :Power input phase
Protection action
F11.10 Loss (Err09)(Same as unit's place ) 03000 ×
1
Hundred's digit :Power output
phase loss(Err10)(Same as unit's place )
Thousand's digit:Motor overload
(Err11)(Same as unit's place )
Ten thousand's digit:Inverter
overload(Err11)(Same as unit's place )
0: F13.01 digital setting
1:keypad potentiometer
2:AI1
3: Communication
F13.00 PID setting 0 ×
4: Multi-Reference
5: DI7/HI pulse input
6: AI2
7:AI3
F13.01 PID digital setting 0.0～100.0% 50.0% △
0: AI1
F13.02 PID feedback 1: AI2 0 ×
2: Communication
Proportional gain
F13.08 0.0～100.0 1.0 △
Kp1
Integration time
F13.09 0.01～10.00s 0.10s △
Ti1

-6-
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Preface

Thank you for choosing FRECON developed and produced FR200 series
vector control inverter.
FR200 series vector control inverter is mainly positioned as a high-end market for OEM
customers and the specific requirements of fan and pump load applications，its flexible design, both
embedded SVC and VF control in one，can be widely used for speed control accuracy, torque
response speed, low-frequency output characteristics and other situations with higher requirements.
This user manual supplies a detailed description of FR200 series vector control inverter includes
product characterization, structural features, parameter setting, operation and commissioning,
inspection maintenance and other contents. Be sure to carefully read through the safety precautions
before use, and use this product on the premise that personnel and equipment safety is ensured.

IMPORTANT NOTES
◆To illustrate the details of the products，pictures in this manual based on products with outer
casing or safety cover being removed. When using this product, please be sure to well install
outer casing or covering by the rules, and operating in accordance with the manual contents.
◆The illustrations this manual for illustration only and may vary with different products you have
ordered.
◆The company is committed to continuous improvement of products, product features will
continue to upgrade, the information provided is subject to change without notice.
◆If you are using have questions, please contact our regional agents or our customer service
center. Customer Service Tel 0755 -33067999.
◆The company's other products please visit our website. http://www.frecon.com.cn

-7-
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Contents

PREFACE..................................................................................................................................... - 7 -
CONTENTS .................................................................................................................................. - 8 -
CHAPTER 1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ...................................................................................... - 10 -
1.1 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS ................................................................................................... - 10 -
1.2 PRECAUTIONS .................................................................................................................... - 12 -
CHAPTER 2 PRODUCT INFORMATION .................................................................................... - 14 -
2.1 NAMEPLATE INFORMATION ................................................................................................... - 14 -
2.2 INFORMATION OF FR200 PRODUCT MODEL ........................................................................... - 15 -
2.3 TECHNICAL FEATURES OF FR200 ......................................................................................... - 16 -
2.4 PARTS DRAWING................................................................................................................. - 18 -
2.5 CONFIGURATION, MOUNTING DIMENSIONS AND W EIGHT.......................................................... - 19 -
2.6 FLANGE MOUNTING DIMENSIONS ........................................................................................... - 21 -
2.7 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF KEYPAD ...................................................................................... - 23 -
2.8 18.5-75KW KEYPAD PLATE OPEN OPERATION ........................................................................ - 24 -
CHAPTER 3 INSTALLATION AND WIRING............................................................................... - 25 -
3.1 INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................... - 25 -
3.2 INSTALLATION DIRECTION, SPACE AND COOLING .................................................................... - 25 -
3.3 FIXED MANNER ................................................................................................................... - 27 -
3.4 REMOVE & MOUNT KEYPAD AND COVER ............................................................................... - 29 -
3.5 DUST COVER INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL（OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES） ................................... - 31 -
3.6 CONFIGURATION OF PERIPHERAL DEVICES ............................................................................ - 32 -
3.7 WIRING WAY ....................................................................................................................... - 36 -
3.8 TERMINAL CONFIGURATION .................................................................................................. - 37 -
3.9 EMI SOLUTIONS ................................................................................................................. - 46 -
CHAPTER 4 OPERATION AND DISPLAY .................................................................................. - 48 -
4.1 INTRODUCTION OF KEYPAD .................................................................................................. - 48 -
4.2 VIEWING AND MODIFYING FUNCTION CODES .......................................................................... - 50 -
4.3 VIEWING STATUS PARAMETERS ............................................................................................ - 50 -
4.4 MOTOR AUTO-TUNING ......................................................................................................... - 51 -
4.5 PASSWORD SETTING ........................................................................................................... - 51 -
4.6 KEYPAD LOCK .................................................................................................................... - 51 -
4.7 SHORTCUT MENUS FUNCTION CODE DESCRIPTION .................................................................. - 51 -
CHAPTER 5 LIST OF PARAMETER .......................................................................................... - 52 -
5.1 FIVE LED (DIGITAL) DISPLAY INDICATORS ............................................................................... - 53 -
5.2 STANDARD FUNCTION PARAMETERS ..................................................................................... - 53 -
CHAPTER 6 SPECIFICATION OF PARAMETERS .................................................................... - 79 -
GROUP F00 SYSTEM PARAMETERS ............................................................................................ - 79 -
GROUP F01 FREQUENCY COMMAND ........................................................................................... - 82 -
GROUP F02 START/STOP CONTROL START/STOP CONTROL ......................................................... - 85 -
GROUP F03 ACCEL/DECEL PARAMETERS.................................................................................... - 89 -
GROUP F04 DIGITAL INPUT........................................................................................................ - 91 -
GROUP F05 DIGITAL OUTPUT .................................................................................................... - 98 -
GROUP F06 ANALOG AND PULSE INPUT .................................................................................... - 102 -
GROUP F07 ANALOG AND PULSE OUTPUT ................................................................................ - 106 -
GROUP F08 PARAMETERS OF MOTOR 1.................................................................................... - 107 -
-8-
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
GROUP F09 V/F CONTROL PARAMETERS OF MOTOR 1 ................................................................ - 110 -
GROUP F10 VECTOR CONTROL PARAMETERS OF MOTOR 1 ......................................................... - 113 -
GROUP F11 PROTECTION PARAMETERS.................................................................................... - 116 -
GROUP F12 MULTI-REFERENCE AND SIMPLE PLC FUNCTION ......................................................- 121 -
GROUP F13 PROCESS PID ......................................................................................................- 125 -
GROUP F14 SWING FREQUENCY, FIXED LENGTH, COUNT AND WAKEUP ........................................- 128 -
GROUP F15 COMMUNICATION PARAMETERS ..............................................................................- 131 -
GROUP F16 KEYS AND DISPLAY OF KEYPAD PARAMETERS...........................................................- 132 -
GROUP F17 USER-DEFINED DISPLAY PARAMETERS ....................................................................- 133 -
GROUP F22 VIRTUAL IO ..........................................................................................................- 134 -
GROUP U00 STATUS MONITORING ............................................................................................- 135 -
GROUP U01 FAULT RECORD ....................................................................................................- 136 -
CHAPTER 7 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING ...................................................... - 138 -
CHAPTER 8 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION .................................................................... - 142 -
8.1 INSPECTION ......................................................................................................................- 142 -
8.2 MAINTENANCE...................................................................................................................- 143 -
APPENDIX A: MODBUS COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL ...................................................... - 145 -
APPENDIX B: ACCESSORIES ................................................................................................ - 151 -
B.1 BRAKING RESISTOR...........................................................................................................- 151 -
B.2 UPLOADING AND DOWNLOADING MODULE ............................................................................- 151 -

-9-
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Chapter 1 Safety Precautions

Safety Precautions

Safety signs in this manual:

DANGER: indicates the situation in which the failure to follow operating requirements may result
in fire or serious personal injury or even death.
CAUTION: indicates the situation in which the failure to follow operating requirements may cause
moderate or slight injury and damage to equipment.

Users are requested to read this chapter carefully when installing, commissioning and repairing
this product and perform the operation according to safety precautions as set forth in this chapter
without fail. FRECON will bear no responsibility for any injury and loss as a result of any violation
operation.
1.1 Safety Considerations
Safety
The use phase Considerations
class
◆Do not install the product if the package is with water, or
component is missing or broken.
Danger ◆Do not install the product if the label on the package is not
identical to that on the inverter.
Before ◆Be careful of carrying or transportation. Risk of devices
Installation damage.
◆Do not use damaged product or the inverters missing
Caution component .Risk of injury.
◆Do not touch the parts of control system with bare hands. Risk
of ESD hazard.
◆Installation base shall be metal or other non-flammable
material. Risk of fire.
◆Do not install inverter in an environment containing explosive
Danger gases, otherwise there is danger of explosion.
◆Do not unscrew the fixing bolts, especially the bolts with red
mark.
Installation
◆Do not leave cable strips or screws in the inverter. Risk of
inverter damage.
◆Install the product at the place with less vibration and no direct
Caution sunlight.
◆Consider the installation space for cooling purpose when two
or more inverters are placed in the same cabinet.
◆Wiring must be performed by authorized and qualified
personnel. Risk of danger.
◆Circuit-breaker should be installed between inverter and the
mains. Risk of fire.
◆Make sure the input power supply has been completely
disconnected before wiring. Failure to comply may result in
Wiring
Danger personnel injury and/or equipment damage.
◆Since overall leakage current of this equipment may be bigger
than 3.5mA, for safety's sake, this equipment and its associated
motor must be well grounded so as to avoid risk of electric
shock.
◆Never connect the power cables to the output terminals (U/T1、

- 10 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
V/T2、W/T3) of the AC drive. Pay attention to the marks of the
wiring terminals and ensure correct wiring. Failure to comply will
result in damage to the AC drive.
◆Install braking resistors at terminals (+)and PB only. Failure to
comply may result in equipment damage.
◆AC 220V signal is prohibited from connecting to other
terminals than control terminals R1A、R1B、R1C andR2A、R2B、
R2C. Failure to comply may result in equipment damage.
◆Since all adjustable frequency AC drives from FRECON have
been subjected to hi-pot test before delivery, users are
prohibited from implementing such a test on this equipment.
Failure to comply may result in equipment damage.
◆Signal wires should to the best of the possibility be away from
Caution main power lines. If this cannot be ensured, vertical
cross-arrangement shall be implemented, otherwise interference
noise to control signal may occur.
◆If motor cables are longer than 100m, it is recommended
output AC reactor be used. Failure to comply may result in faults.
◆Inverter shall be power-on only after the front cover is
Danger assembled. Risk of electrical hazard.
Before ◆Verify that the input voltage is identical to the rated voltage of
Power-on product, correct wiring of input terminals R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3
Caution
and output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3, wiring of inverter
and its peripheral circuits, and all wires should be in good
connection. Risk of inverter damage.
◆Do not open the cover after power.Rick of electrical hazard.
Danger ◆Do not touches any input/output terminals of inverter with bare
hands. Rick of electrical hazard.
After Power-on
◆If auto tuning is required, be careful of personal injury when
motor is running. Risk of accident.
Caution ◆Do not change the defaults of parameters. Risk of devices
damage.
◆Non-professionals shall not detect signals during operation.
Risk of personal injury or device damage.
Danger ◆Do not touch the fan or the discharging resistor to check the
During temperature. Failure to comply will result in personal burnt.
Operation ◆Prevent any foreign items from being left in the devices during
operation. Risk of device damage.
Caution ◆Do not control start/stop of inverter by ON/OFF of contactor.
Risk of device damage.
◆Maintenance and inspection can only be performed by
professionals . Risk of personal injury.
◆Maintain and inspect devices after power is off. Risk of
electric hazard.
◆Repair or maintain the AC drive only ten minutes after
the AC drive is powered off. This allows for the residual
Maintenance
Danger voltage in the capacitor to discharge to a safe value.
Failure to comply will result in personal injury.
◆All pluggable components can be inserted or pulled out
only when power has been turned off.
◆Set and check the parameters again after the AC drive
is replaced.

- 11 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
1.2 Precautions
1.2.1 Motor Insulation Inspection
When the motor is used for the first time or when the motor is reused after being kept, or when
periodical inspection is performed, insulation inspection shall be conducted with motor so as to avoid
damaging the inverter because of the insulation failure of the motor windings. The motor wires must be
disconnected from the inverter during the insulation inspection. It is recommended to use the 500V
mega meter, and the insulating resistance measured shall be 5MΩ at least.
1.2.2 Motor Thermal Protection
If the motor rating does not match that of the inverter, especially when the rated power of the
inverter is higher than that of the motor, adjust motor protection parameters in the inverter or install
thermal relay to protect motor.
1.2.3 Operating with the Frequency Higher than Grid Power Frequency
Output frequency of FR200 is 0.00Hz～600.00Hz. If FR200 is required to operate above 50.00Hz,
please take the endurance of mechanical devices into consideration.
1.2.4 Mechanical Vibrations
Inverter may encounter mechanical resonance point of the load device at certain output
frequencies which can be avoided by setting the skip frequency parameters of the inverter.
1.2.5 Motor Heat and Noise
Since output voltage of inverter is PWM wave and contains a certain amount of harmonics, so
that the temperature, noise and vibration of the motor will be higher than those when the inverter runs
at grid power frequency.
1.2.6 Voltage-sensitive device or capacitor on output side of the AC drive
Do not install the capacitor for improving power factor or lightning protection voltage-sensitive
resistor on the output side of the AC drive because the output of the AC drive is PWM wave.
Otherwise, the AC drive may suffer transient overcurrent or even be damaged.
1.2.7 Contactor at the I/O terminal of the AC drive
When a contactor is installed between the input side of the AC drive and the power supply, the AC
drive must not be started or stopped by switching the contactor on or off. If the AC drive has to be
operated by the contactor, ensure that the time interval between switching is at least one hour since
frequent charge and discharge will shorten the service life of the capacitor inside the AC drive.
When a contactor is installed between the output side of the AC drive and the motor, do not turn
off the contactor when the AC drive is active. Otherwise, modules inside the AC drive may be
damaged.
1.2.8 Applied with the Rated Voltage
Apply FR200 with the rated voltage. Failure to comply will damage inverter. If required, take a
transformer to boost or step-down voltage.
1.2.9 Do Not Apply a 3-Phase Input Inverter to 2-Phase Input Applications
Do not apply a 3-phase input FR inverter to 2-phase input applications. Otherwise, it will result in
faults or damage inverter.
1.2.10 Lightning Protection
FR200 has integrated lightning over-current protection device which has certain self-protection
capacity against the lightning. Additional protection devices have to be installed between inverter
and power supply in the area where lightning occurs frequently.
1.2.11 Altitude De-rating
In places where the altitude is above 1000 m and the cooling effect reduces due to thin air, it is
necessary to de-rate the AC drive. Contact FRECON for technical support.
1.2.12 some special usages
If wiring that is not described in this manual such as common DC bus is applied, contact the agent
or FRECON for technical support.
1.2.13 Cautions for Inverter Disposal
The electrolytic capacitors on the main circuit and PCBA may explode when they are burnt.
Emission of toxic gas may be generated when the plastic parts are burnt. Please dispose inverter as
industrial wastes.
1.2.14 Adaptable Motor
The standard adaptable motor is adaptable four-pole squirrel-cage asynchronous induction motor
or PMSM. For other types of motor, select a proper AC drive according to the rated motor current.
The cooling fan and rotor shaft of non-variable-frequency motor are coaxial, which results in
reduced cooling effect when the rotational speed declines. If variable speed is required, add a more
powerful fan or replace it with variable-frequency motor in applications where the motor overheats
- 12 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
easily.
The standard parameters of the adaptable motor have been configured inside the AC drive. It is
still necessary to perform motor auto-tuning or modify the default values based on actual conditions.
Otherwise, the running result and protection performance will be affected.
The AC drive may alarm or even be damaged when short-circuit exists on cables or inside the
motor. Therefore, perform insulation short-circuit test when the motor and cables are newly installed or
during routine maintenance. During the test, make sure that the AC drive is disconnected from the
tested parts.

- 13 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Chapter 2 Product Information

2.1 Nameplate information

Fig.2-1 Nameplate information

Model Explanation
Model show on product nameplate contains information below.

FR200□-4T-7.5G/011PB
Brake unit：
Master series code of
None: No Braking Unit
Product：
B: Built-in brake unit（30kW
FR200: Vector control
inverter following built，37 ~ 75kW optional
built，No built above 90kW）

Industry-specific series
code： Adaptable Motor (kW)And Type of
None：Standard Machine Motor：7.5G:7.5kW(General type）
A～Z:Industry-specific 011P:11kW(Fan pump type）
retention

Input voltage: Input voltage phases:

2: 220V(-15%～+30%） S:Single-phase
4: 380V(-15%～+30%） T:Three-phase

Fig.2-2 Model Explanation

- 14 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
2.2 Information of FR200 Product Model
Table 2-1 FR200 Product model and technical data
Power Rated Rated output
Model No. Applicable motor
capacity Input current current
kW HP
KVA A A
3-Phase: 220V，50/60Hz Range: -15%～+30%
FR200-2T-0.7B 3.5 5.3 4.2 0.75 1
FR200-2T-1.5B 5.5 8.5 7.5 1.5 2
FR200-2T-2.2B 7.5 11.6 9.5 2.2 3
FR200-2T-4.0B 11.7 18 17 3.7、4 5
FR200-2T-5.5B 17.3 26.5 25 5.5 7.5
FR200-2T-7.5B 22 33.5 32 7.5 10
FR200-2T-011B 31 47.5 45 11 15
FR200-2T-015B 41.5 63 60 15 20
FR200-2T-018
52 79 75 18.5 25
FR200-2T-018B
FR200-2T-022
63 96 91 22 30
FR200-2T-022B
FR200-2T-030
77.5 118 112 30 40
FR200-2T-030B
FR200-2T-037
104 158 150 37 50
FR200-2T-037B
FR200-2T-045 122 185 176 45 60
FR200-2T-055 145 221 210 55 70
FR200-2T-075 173 263 250 75 100
3-Phase: 380V，50/60Hz Range: -15%～+30%
FR200-4T-0.7G/1.5PB 1.5 3.4 2.5 0.75 1
FR200-4T-1.5G/2.2PB 3 5.0 4.2 1.5 2
FR200-4T-2.2GB 4 5.8 5.5 2.2 3
FR200-4T-4.0G/5.5PB 6 11 9.5 3.7、4 5
FR200-4T-5.5G/7.5PB 8.9 14.6 13 5.5 7.5
FR200-4T-7.5G/011PB 11 20.5 17 7.5 10
FR200-4T-011G/015PB 17 26 25 11 15
FR200-4T-015G/018PB 21 35 32 15 20
FR200-4T-018G/022PB 24 38.5 37 18.5 25
FR200-4T-022G/030PB 30 46.5 45 22 30
FR200-4T-030G/037PB 40 62 60 30 40
FR200-4T-037G/045P
57 76 75 37 50
FR200-4T-037G/045PB
FR200-4T-045G/055P
69 92 91 45 60
FR200-4T-045G/055PB
FR200-4T-055G/075P
85 113 112 55 70
FR200-4T-055G/075PB
FR200-4T-075G/090P
114 157 150 75 100
FR200-4T-075G/090PB
FR200-4T-090G/110P 134 160* 176 90 125
FR200-4T-110G/132P 160 190* 210 110 150
FR200-4T-132G/160P 192 232* 253 132 175
FR200-4T-160G/185P 231 282* 304 160 210
FR200-4T-185G/200P 240 326* 350 185 250
FR200-4T-200G/220P 250 352* 377 200 260
FR200-4T-220G/250P 280 385* 426 220 300
FR200-4T-250G/280P 355 437* 470 250 330
FR200-4T-280G/315P 396 491* 520 280 370
FR200-4T-315G/355P 445 580* 600 315 420

- 15 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
FR200-4T-355G/400P 500 624* 650 355 470
FR200-4T-400G/450P 565 690* 725 400 530
FR200-4T-450G/500P 623 765* 800 450 600
FR200-4T-500G/560P 670 835* 860 500 660
FR200-4T-560G/630P 770 960* 990 560 750
FR200-4T-630G/710P 855 1050* 1100 630 840
means FR200-2T-045 and FR200-4T-90G/110P or above is provided with an extra DC reactor in
shipment as default.
2.3 Technical Features of FR200
Table 2-2 Technical features of FR200
Project Specifications
Rated input
3-phase 380 V (-15%～+30%）
voltage (V）
Rated input
See table 2-1
Power input current (A）
Rated input
frequency 50Hz/60Hz，tolerance±5%
（Hz）
Applicable
See table 2-1
motor（kW）
Rated output
See table 2-1
current（A）
The
maximum
Power output output voltage 0～rated input voltage, error<±3%
（V）
The
maximum
output 0.00～600.00 Hz,unit0.01Hz
frequency
（Hz）
V/f control
V/f patterns Sensor-less vector control 1
Sensor-less vector control 2
1:50 (V/f control)
Speed range 1:100 (sensor-less vector control 1)
1:200（sensor-less vector control 2）
Control
Speed ±0.5% (V/f control)
characteristics
accuracy ±0.2% (sensor-less vector control 1 & 2)
Speed
±0.3% (sensor-less vector control 1 & 2)
fluctuation
Torque
< 10ms (sensor-less vector control 1 & 2)
response
Starting 0.5Hz: 180% (V/f control, sensor-less vector control 1)
torque 0.25Hz: 180% (sensor-less vector control 2)
Carrier
0.7kHz～16kHz
frequency
G Model: 150% Rated Current 60s,180% Rated Current
Overload 10s,200% Rated Current 1s.
capability P Model: 120% Rated Current 60s,145% Rated Current
Basic functions 10s,160% Rated Current 1s.
Automatic torque boost；Manual torque boost 0.1%～
Torque boost
30.0%
Three ways: Three ways: straight; multi-point type; N
V/F Curve Th-type V / F curve（1.2 Th -type、1.4 Th -type、1.6 Th
-type、1.8 Th -type、2 Th -type）
- 16 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Acceleration Line or curve acceleration and deceleration mode.
and
Four kinds of acceleration and deceleration time，Ramp
deceleration
Curve Time Range :0.0～6000.0s
DC brake start frequency: 0.00～600.00Hz
DC brake DC brake time:0.0s～10.0s
DC brake current: 0.0%～150.0%
Jog frequency range: 0.00Hz～50.00Hz.
Jog brake
Jog deceleration time: 0.0s～6000.0s.
Simple PLC、 Through the built-in PLC or control terminal to achieve
Multi-speed up to 16 speed running
Facilitate the realization of process control loop control
Built-in PID
system
Basic functions Automatic
voltage When the grid voltage changes, can automatically
adjustment maintain a constant output voltage
（AVR）
Fast current
Minimize over current fault protection inverter running
limit function
Over voltage System automatically limits of current and voltage during
Over current operation to prevent frequent
Command Given the control panel, control terminal, serial
source communication port given.
9kinds of frequency sources: digital setting, keyboard
potentiometer setting, analog
Frequency
Voltage, given analog current reference pulse is given,
given
the serial port is given, multi-speed given, PLC is given,
the process PI D reference. There are several ways to
switch
Run 7 Switch input terminals, one way to make high-speed
pulse input.
Input terminal
3-channel analog inputs, including 2-way 0～10V / 0～
20mA voltage and current options,
a way to support -10～+10 V input
2-way switch output terminal, which supports a
output maximum road speed 100kHz pulse output.
terminal 2 relay output terminals.
2 analog output terminal, and optional voltage and
current.
Parameter copy、parameter backup、flexible parameter displayed &
hidden. Common DC bus（Contains below 30 KW）.
Various master & auxiliary command and switchover.
Reliable speed search started.
A variety of Accel / Decel curves programmable.
Timing control、 fixed length control、count function.
Three faults recorded.
Featured Over excitation brake、overvoltage stall protection programmable、under
functions voltage stall protection programmable、restart upon power loss.
Four kinds of Accel/Decel time.
Motor thermal protection.
Flexible fan control.
Process PID control、simple PLC、16-step speed control programmable.
Wobble frequency control.
Multi-functional key programmable、field-weakening control.
High-precision torque control、V/f separated control、torque control at
sensor-less vector control.
- 17 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Protection Provide fault protection dozen: Overcurrent、Overvoltage、Undervoltage、
function Overtemperature、Overload Etc Protection.
LED Display Display Parameters
Key lock and
Realize some or all of the keys locked, scope definition
function
Display and section keys to prevent misuse
selection
keyboard
Run and stop
In the run or stop can be set to monitor U00 group four
monitoring
objects were.
information
Indoors, no direct sunlight, free from dust, corrosive
Place of gases,
operation flammable gases, oil mist, water vapor, water drop and
salt, etc.
0～2000m
Altitude De-rate 1% for every 100m when the altitude is above
1000 meters
Environment
Ambient
-10℃～40℃
temperature
Relative
5～95%, no condensation
humidity
Vibration Less than 5.9m/s2 (0.6g)
Storage
-20℃～+70℃
temperature
Efficiency Rated power≥93%
Installation Wall-mounted or Flange mounting
Others IP grade IP20
Cooling
Fan cooled
method
2.4 Parts Drawing

Upper case
Mounting holes
FR100 Keypad
Cooling air outlet
Dust cover
Terminal Cover
Stringing board Radiator

Holes for Nameplate

Grounding Wire
Middle case
Cooling air inlet
Fan Dust cover
(Optional )

Fig 2-3-a 0.75～2.2kW Outline

- 18 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Fan cover
Keypad Mounting holes
Middle case
Upper case Lower case
Nameplate
Cover
Dust cover
(Optional)
Stringing board Base plate
Cooling air inlet
Mounting Bracket
(Optional)
Fig 2-3-b 4～15kW Outline

Mounting holes
Fan cover

Chassis

Keypad

Nameplate

Fig 2-4 18.5～132Kw Outline

2.5 Configuration, Mounting Dimensions and Weight

a:0.75～15KW Dimensions and wall mounting dimensions
D
H1
H

4X
W1 d
W

- 19 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Fig 2-5 0.75～15kW Wall installation diagram

b: 18.5～400kW Dimensions and wall mounting dimensions

D d W1 W1

H1

H1
H
W1 4x
d
W W D

Fig 2-6 18.5～132KW Wall installation diagram(1) 160～400kW Wall installation diagram(2)
Table 2-3 Configuration, mounting dimensions and weight
External and installation dimensions（mm）
Mounting Weight
Model NO.
W W1 H H1 D Hole （Kg）
Diameter
3-Phase: 220V，50/60Hz Range: -15%～+30%
FR200-2T-0.7B 117 107 187 177 160 4.5 1.9
FR200-2T-1.5B
FR200-2T-2.2B 146 131 249 236 177 5.5 3.2
FR200-2T-4.0B
FR200-2T-5.5B
198 183 300 287 185 5.5 5.4
FR200-2T-7.5B
FR200-2T-011B
255 176 459 443 220 7 15.5
FR200-2T-015B
FR200-2T-018
270 130 590 572 260 7 27.5
FR200-2T-022
FR200-2T-030
357 230 590 572 260 7 37
FR200-2T-037
FR200-2T-045
FR200-2T-055 430 320 830 802 293 12 77.7
FR200-2T-075
3-Phase: 380V，50/60Hz Range: -15%～+30%
FR200-4T-0.7G/1.5PB
FR200-4T-1.5G/2.2PB 117 107 187 177 160 4.5 1.9
FR200-4T-2.2GB
FR200-4T-4.0G/5.5PB
FR200-4T-5.5G/7.5PB 146 131 249 236 177 5.5 3.2
FR200-4T-7.5G/011PB
FR200-4T-011G/015PB
198 183 300 287 185 5.5 5.4
FR200-4T-015G/018PB
FR200-4T-018G/022PB
FR200-4T-022G/030PB 255 176 459 443 220 7 15.5
FR200-4T-030G/037PB
FR200-4T-037G/045P
270 130 590 572 260 7 27.5
FR200-4T-045G/055P
FR200-4T-055G/075P
357 230 590 572 260 7 37
FR200-4T-075G/090P
FR200-4T-090G/110P 430 320 830 802 293 12 77.7
- 20 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
FR200-4T-110G/132P
FR200-4T-132G/160P
FR200-4T-160G/185P
FR200-4T-185G/200P 500 180 1107 1078 328 14 138.5
FR200-4T-200G/220P
FR200-4T-220G/250P
FR200-4T-250G/280P 660 230 1160 1130 340 14 190
FR200-4T-280G/315P
FR200-4T-315G/355P
FR200-4T-355G/400P 810 300 1140* 1110 400 14 196
FR200-4T-400G/450P

* note: 315 ~ 400 kw height size does not contain the base height, dc reactor can be installed in a gutter or
rack, if the vertical installation, need to purchase the base (dc reactor can be installed in the base), base
height is 400 mm.
H

W D
D1

W1

Fig 2-7 Wall installation diagram

External and installation dimensions（mm）

Model NO. Mounting
W W1 H D D1 Hole
Diameter
FR200-4T-450G/500P
FR200-4T-500G/560P
1200 1036 1900 480 316 14
FR200-4T-560G/630P
FR200-4T-630G/710P

2.6 Flange mounting dimensions

a: 0.75～15kW Flange mounting dimensions

- 21 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
W3
d2
D2 W4 W2 4x
D1

H4
H2
H1

H2
H3
W2
4X

W1
d1

Fig 2-8 0.75～15kW Flange mounting installation diagram

b: 18.5～132kW Flange mounting dimensions

W3

D2 d2
W4 W2 4x
D1
H4
H1
H2

H2

H3

W2 4x
d1
W1

Fig 2-9 18.5～132kW Flange mounting

Table 2-4 Flange mounting dimensions table

Model.NO External and installation dimensions（mm）

W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 D1 D2 d1 d2
3-Phase: 220V，50/60Hz Range: -15%～+30%
FR200-2T-0.7B 117 142 124 9 227 209 191 8 53 160 4.5 5

FR200-2T-1.5B
FR200-2T-2.2B 146 100 147 21 279 262 251 5.5 88 177 5.5 6

FR200-2T-4.0B
FR200-2T-5.5B 198 160 199 17 330 313 302 5.5 91 185 5.5 6
FR200-2T-7.5B
FR200-2T-011B 255 176 257 40.5 460.5 445 427 9.5 110 218 7 7
FR200-2T-015B
FR200-2T-018 270 130 276 73 591.5 572 554 10.5 109.5 258 7 7
FR200-2T-022
FR200-2T-030 357 230 361 65.5 591.5 572 554 10.5 109.7 258 7 7
FR200-2T-037
FR200-2T-045 430 320 436 58 803.5 831.5 775 14 161 291 12 12

- 22 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
FR200-2T-055
FR200-2T-075
3-Phase: 380V，50/60Hz Range: -15%～+30%
FR200-4T-0.7G/1.5PB
FR200-4T-1.5G/2.2PB 117 142 124 9 227 209 191 8 53 160 4.5 5
FR200-4T-2.2GB
FR200-4T-4.0G/5.5PB
FR200-4T-5.5G/7.5PB 146 100 147 21 279 262 251 5.5 88 177 5.5 6
FR200-4T-7.5G/011PB
FR200-4T-011G/015PB
198 160 199 17 330 313 302 5.5 91 185 5.5 6
FR200-4T-015G/018PB
FR200-4T-018G/022PB
FR200-4T-022G/030PB 255 176 257 40.5 460.5 445 427 9.5 110 218 7 7
FR200-4T-030G/037PB
FR200-4T-037G/045P
270 130 276 73 591.5 572 554 10.5 109.5 258 7 7
FR200-4T-045G/055P
FR200-4T-055G/075P
357 230 361 65.5 591.5 572 554 10.5 109.7 258 7 7
FR200-4T-075G/090P
FR200-4T-090G/110P
FR200-4T-110G/132P 430 320 436 58 803.5 831.5 775 14 161 291 12 12
FR200-4T-132G/160P
2.7 External Dimensions of Keypad

Fig 2-10-a 0.75～2.2KW Keyboard size diagram

Fig 2-10-b 4.0～630KW Keyboard size diagram

External keyboard installation instruction:
1. first install the panel according to inverter’s power range corresponding to the size of hole as shown
on scheme 2-11, After that insert keyboard pad into the mounting panel and then insert the
keyboard module into the keyboard pad.（Before removing the keyboard pad, first remove the
keyboard, then remove as shown in the scheme）.

- 23 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

+0.2 +0.2 Keypad assembly Keypad tray Mounting plate

64-0 80-0
(The thickness of the
1 plate can`t be more
2 than 1.5 mm)

135+0.2
99+0.2

-0
-0

0.75-2.2KW:Hole 4.0-630KW:Hole Press 4 hooks on both sides of the

size of mounting plate size of mounting plate mounting ,the keypad tray will be get out

Fig 2-11 0.75～630KW External keyboard installation hole size diagram

2.8 18.5-75kW Keypad plate open operation

screw

Fig 2-12
1. Getting keypad out from keypad plate;
2.Again disconnect the network cable from the keyboard, insert the network cable into the cabinet
through keypad pad hole;
3.To open the front cover remove two bottom screws.

- 24 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Chapter 3 Installation and Wiring

3.1 Installation Environment

1） Ambient temperature in the range of -10℃～50℃.
2） Drive should be installed on surface of flame retardant object, with adequate surrounding space for
heat dissipation.
3） Installation should be performed where vibration is less than 5.9m/s2 (0.6g).
4） Avoid from moisture and direct sunlight.
5） Protect the cooling fan by avoiding oil, dust and metal particles;
6） Do not expose to an atmosphere with flammable gases, corrosive gases, explosive gases or other
harmful gases.
7） Prevent drilling residues, wire ends and screws falling into drive.
8) Ventilation part of the drive should be installed outside from harsh environment (e.g. Textile facilities
with fiber particles and chemical facilities filled with corrosive gases or Loaded dust cover).
3.2 Installation Direction, Space and Cooling
A fan is integrated in FR200 for forced air cooling. FR200 has to be installed vertically for the
purpose of good cooling circulation. Sufficient spaces have to be left between FR200 and its
peripheral objects. Multi- FR200 can be installed in parallel horizontally e and vertically. See
followings for specific space requirement, heat dissipating capacity and mass airflow.
FR200 series inverter installation of the following three:
Wall mounting: （suitable for 400KW (inclusive)）.
Wall-mounted: （suitable for 132KW (inclusive)）.
Remark: 0.75～15kW need to install an optional foot hanging；18.5～132kW do not need to install an optional foot
hanging.
Floor installation: （Suitable for 90-630kW inverter）.

The wall mount Through wall-mounted

Fig 3-1 Installation methods

- 25 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
3.2.1 Single installation

Ventilation
clearance

Ventilation
clearance

Fig.3-2 Single inverter mounting orientation and space requirements

3.2.2 Multiple installations
a. Multiple parallel installations

Ventilation
clearance

Ventilation
clearance

Fig.3-3 multiple inverters installed direction and space requirements

Air Outlet Direction

Baffle

Fig.3-4 Multiple inverters installed Upper and lower mounting direction and space

- 26 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Table 3-1 Requirement of minimum mounting clearances
Mounting clearances (mm)
Drive model
A B
0.75～15kW ≥50 ≥100
18.5～45kW ≥50 ≥200
55kW and above ≥150 ≥300
3.3 Fixed manner
a. Wall installation
Wall mounting dimensions refer to Chapter II（table 2-3），As shown in Fig drilling four holes in
the mounting surface，Put the inverter against the panel and mate 4 holes, and then tighten screws in
the 4 holes tighten any of the 2 screws in diagonal position, tighten 4 holes with screws for
strengthened installation.
Hole A Hole A

Hole A Hole A
Fig.3-5 Wall mounting
b. Wall mounting
0.75～15kW Install the drive mounting bracket as shown in FIG 3-6(a). Wall installation
dimensions refer to Chapter II（table 2-4），As shown in Fig drilling four holes in the mounting
surface ， Put the inverter against the panel and mate 4 holes, and then tighten screws in the 4 holes
tighten any of the 2 screws in diagonal position, tighten 4 holes with screws for strengthened
installation.
18.5～132kW Install the drive mounting bracket as shown in FIG 3-6(b). Wall installation
dimensions refer to Chapter II（table 2-4），As shown in Fig drilling four holes in the mounting surface，
Put the inverter against the panel and mate 4 holes, and then tighten screws in the 4 holes tighten any
of the 2 screws in diagonal position, tighten 4 holes with screws for strengthened installation.

- 27 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
The machine Components

Mounting panel

Hole B Hole B

Hex nuts
Place the hex Hole B Hole B
nut groove
Mounting Bracket
Through the corner four
M5 screw
M5 screw fastening machines

Fig.3-6 (a)0.75～15kW Wall installation

Installation hanging feet

The machine Components
Mounting panel

Fig.3-6 (b)18.5～132kW Wall installation

Do not take the sunken screws as shown in the

picture. Otherwise, inverter may be damaged

Take screws combined with springs and plain gaskets to

Install inverter.

- 28 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
3.4 Remove & Mount Keypad and Cover
a. Remove keypad: Disassemble keypad. See following Figure: Push the buckle on the
keypad in
Direction 1 first, and then lift up the keypad in Direction 2.
b. Mount keypad: Assemble keypad. See following Figure: Place keypad in the slot in Direction 1,
and then press the keypad in Direction 2 until it clicks into right place.

2
1

Fig.3-7(a) Remove keypad Fig.3-7(b) Mount keypad

c. External remote operation panel operation method: Remove the operation panel as shown in fig
3-7(a)，Then connect the crystal head out from the socket，Placed in the side of the graphic fixed card
slot，use the wiring operation panel can be used.

Fig.3-7(c) External remote operation control panel

d. Disassembly of Terminal Cover: loosen the captive cover screws as shown in Fig.3-7（d），then
remove terminal cover in the direction as shown in the Figure below.

- 29 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Screw

Fig.3-7(d) Open cover

e. Assemble keypad: See following Figure: Place the upper buckle of the terminal cover in the
slot of upper housing in Direction 1, and then press the two lower buckle of terminal cover I Direction 2
until it clicks into right place of upper housing. , then Tighten the screws as shown in Fig.3-7（e）.

1
Screw

Fig.3-7(e) Mount covers

f. Removing and installing the cover method as shown in fig 3-7(f) : First, loosen the screws Then
open the cover up. According to the assembly when the shell shown method to be assembled in place,
and then tighten the screws.

- 30 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Screw

Fig.3-7(f) Disassemble and installation of the cover

g. Stringing board disassembly and installation: Disassemble board first when stringing wire，
When connected input and output cables, the Stringing board clicks into place. Referring to fig 3-7(g).

Fig.3-7(g) Stringing board disassembly and installation

3.5 Dust cover installation and removal（Optional accessories）
a. Install dust cover: The dust cover shown in Fig3-8 parallel to the housing assembly（No cock
around is installed）.
b. Removing dust cover: cording to the dust cover arrow direction, at one end of the dust cover
and hard to lift the dust cover under the desirable.

Fig.3-8 Dust cover installation and removal

- 31 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
3.6 Configuration of Peripheral Devices

Fig.3-9 Standard configuration of peripheral device

Table 3-2 Instructions of peripheral devices
Picture Device Instructions
Cable Transmitting electrical signals.
Purpose: disconnect power supply and protect the
equipments in case of abnormal overcorrect occurs
Type selection: breaking current of circuit breaker is
Circuit
defined to be 1.5～2 times the rated current of the
breaker
drive Breaking time characteristic of circuit breaker
should be selected based on
overload protection time characteristic of the drive
Improve power factor Reduce the impact of
imbalanced three-phase input AC power supply on
the system Suppress higher harmonics and reduce
Input chokes
the conducted and radiated interference to peripheral
devices Restrict the impact of impulse current on
rectifier bridges
Reduce conducted interference from power supply to
the drive, improve the immunity of the drive from noise
Input filter
Reduce conducted and radiated interference of the
drive to peripheral device
Braking Purpose: consume motor feedback energy to attain
resistor quick brake
- 32 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Output filter and radiated interference of the drive to
Output filter
peripheral devices
Avoid the motor insulation damage result from
harmonic voltage Reduce frequent protection from the
Output AC
drive caused by leakage current In case the cable
reactor
connecting drive and motor is over 50 meters, output
AC reactor recommended

3.6.1 Selection of Peripheral Devices

Table 3-3 Selection of peripheral devices
Power terminals Ground Terminal
Circuit
Contactor Cable terminal cable screws
Model.NO breaker
(A) Specifications specifications Specificati
(A)
(mm2) (mm2) ons
3-Phase: 220V，50/60Hz Range: -15%～+30%
FR200-2T-0.7B 16 10 2.5 2.5 M4
FR200-2T-1.5B 25 16 4.0 4.0 M4
FR200-2T-2.2B 32 25 4.0 4.0 M4
FR200-2T-4.0B 40 32 4.0 4.0 M4
FR200-2T-5.5B 63 40 6.0 6.0 M5
FR200-2T-7.5B 63 40 6.0 6.0 M5
FR200-2T-011B 100 63 10 10 M6
FR200-2T-015B 100 63 16 10 M6
FR200-2T-018
160 100 16 16 M8
FR200-2T-018B
FR200-2T-022
200 125 25 16 M8
FR200-2T-022B
FR200-2T-030
200 125 35 25 M8
FR200-2T-030B
FR200-2T-037
250 160 50 25 M8
FR200-2T-037B
FR200-2T-045 250 160 70 35 M10
FR200-2T-055 350 350 120 60 M10
FR200-2T-075 400 400 150 75 M10
3-Phase: 380V，50/60Hz Range: -15%～+30%
FR200-4T-0.7G/1.5PB 10 10 2.5 2.5 M4
FR200-4T-1.5G/2.2PB 16 10 2.5 2.5 M4
FR200-4T-2.2GB 16 10 2.5 2.5 M4
FR200-4T-4.0G/5.5PB 25 16 4.0 4.0 M4
FR200-4T-5.5G/7.5PB 32 25 4.0 4.0 M4
FR200-4T-7.5G/011PB 40 32 4.0 4.0 M4
FR200-4T-011G/015PB 63 40 6.0 6.0 M5
FR200-4T-015G/018PB 63 40 6.0 6.0 M5
FR200-4T-018G/022PB 100 63 10 10 M6
FR200-4T-022G/030PB 100 63 10 10 M6
FR200-4T-030G/037PB 100 63 16 10 M6
FR200-4T-037G/045P
160 100 16 16 M8
FR200-4T-037G/045PB
FR200-4T-045G/055P
200 125 25 16 M8
FR200-4T-045G/055PB
FR200-4T-055G/075P
200 125 35 25 M8
FR200-4T-055G/075PB
FR200-4T-075G/090P
250 160 50 25 M8
FR200-4T-075G/090PB
FR200-4T-090G/110P 250 160 70 35 M10

- 33 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
FR200-4T-110G/132P 350 350 120 60 M10
FR200-4T-132G/160P 400 400 150 75 M10
FR200-4T-160G/185P 500 400 185 95 M10
FR200-4T-185G/200P 600 600 185 95 M10
FR200-4T-200G/220P 600 600 150*2 150 M10
FR200-4T-220G/250P 600 600 150*2 150 M12
FR200-4T-250G/280P 800 600 185*2 95*2 M12
FR200-4T-280G/315P 800 800 185*2 95*2 M12
FR200-4T-315G/355P 800 800 150*3 75*3 M16
FR200-4T-355G/400P 800 800 150*4 75*4 M16
FR200-4T-400G/450P 1000 1000 150*4 75*4 M16
FR200-4T-450G/500P 1200 1200 180*4 90*4 M16
FR200-4T-500G/560P 1200 1200 180*4 90*4 M16
FR200-4T-560G/630P 1200 1200 180*4 90*4 M16
FR200-4T-630G/710P 1500 1500 180*4 90*4 M16
3.6.2 Reactor
In order to prevent high grid power to the input power circuit of inverter and damage the
rectifier components, need to install AC reactor in input side of inverter, and it can also improve the
input power factor
When the motor cable is over 50 meters, because of the higher leakage current due to the
capacitance effect of long cable to the grounding, inverter will occur over current protection frequently,
meanwhile to avoid motor insulation damage, need to install output reactor for the compensation.
DC reactor can improve power factor, avoid rectifier damage caused by higher input current, and
avoid the rectifier circuit damage by the harmonic due to the grid power surge or phase controlled
load.
Fig 3-4 Reactor
Inverter Power Input Reactor DC Reactor Output Reactor
2.2kw ACL-4T-2.2 / OCL-4T-2.2
4.0kw ACL-4T-4.0 / OCL-4T-4.0
5.5kw ACL-4T-5.5 / OCL-4T-5.5
7.5kw ACL-4T-7.5 / OCL-4T-7.5
11kw ACL-4T-011 / OCL-4T-011
15kw ACL-4T-015 / OCL-4T-015
18.5kw ACL-4T-018 / OCL-4T-018
22kw ACL-4T-022 / OCL-4T-022
30kw ACL-4T-030 / OCL-4T-030
37kw ACL-4T-037 / OCL-4T-037
45kw ACL-4T-045 / OCL-4T-045
55kw ACL-4T-055 / OCL-4T-055
75kw ACL-4T-075 / OCL-4T-075
90kw ACL-4T-090 Built-in OCL-4T-090
110kw ACL-4T-110 Built-in OCL-4T-110
132kw ACL-4T-132 Built-in OCL-4T-132
160kw ACL-4T-160 Built-in OCL-4T-160
185kw ACL-4T-185 Built-in OCL-4T-185
200kw ACL-4T-200 Built-in OCL-4T-200
220kw ACL-4T-220 Built-in OCL-4T-220
250kw ACL-4T-250 Built-in OCL-4T-250
280kw ACL-4T-280 Built-in OCL-4T-280
315kw ACL-4T-315 Built-in OCL-4T-315
355kw ACL-4T-355 Built-in OCL-4T-355
400kw ACL-4T-400 Built-in OCL-4T-400

- 34 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
450kw ACL-4T-450 Built-in OCL-4T-450
500kw ACL-4T-500 Built-in OCL-4T-500
560kw ACL-4T-560 Built-in OCL-4T-560
630kw ACL-4T-630 Built-in OCL-4T-630
Note:
1. Input reactor，input rated voltage drop 2%±15%；Output reactor，input rated voltage drop
1%±15%.
2. Input and output reactors are external and optional.
3.6.3 Filter
Input filter: Can reduce the wire interference caused from the inverter to other peripheral
equipments.
Output filter: Can reduce the radio noise and leakage current caused by the motor cable.
Fig 3-5 Filter
Inverter Power Input Filter Output Filter
0.75kw
FLT-4T-P005 FLT-4T-L005
1.5kw
2.2kw
FLT-4T-P010 FLT-4T-L010
4.0kw
5.5kw
FLT-4T-P020 FLT-4T-L020
7.5kw
11kw
FLT-4T-P036 FLT-4T-L036
15kw
18.5kw
22kw FLT-4T-P065 FLT-4T-L065
30kw
37kw
FLT-4T-P100 FLT-4T-L100
45kw
55kw
FLT-4T-P150 FLT-4T-L150
75kw
90kw
110kw FLT-4T-P250 FLT-4T-L250
132kw
160kw
185kw FLT-4T-P400 FLT-4T-L400
200kw
220kw
250kw FLT-4T-P600 FLT-4T-L600
280kw
315kw
355kw
FLT-4T-P900 FLT-4T-L900
400kw
450kw
500kw
560kw FLT-4T-P1200 FLT-4T-L1200
630kw
Note:
- 35 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
1. Can meet EMI C2 after installing input filter.
2. Input and output filter are external and optional.
3.7 Wiring way

Braking resistor

MCCB
(-) (+) PB U/T1
R/L1
Three-phase
380V S/L2 V/T2 M
50/60Hz
T/L3 FR200 W/T3

+24V
Short circuit piece
PLC +24V
Open collector output 1
Switch input 1 Y1
DI1
Operation Panel
Switch input 2
DI2
Open collector output 2
Switch input 3 Y2/H
DI3
O
Switch input 4
DI4
Switch input 5 R1A
DI5
Relay output 1
R1B
Switch input 6 DI6 250V AC/3A
30V DC1A
High-speed R1C
pulse input HI DI7/HI

COM R2A
Relay output 2
R2B
250V AC/3A
30V DC/1A
R2C

+10V AO1
Analog Output 1
DC 0～10V or 0～20mA
AI1 0～10V/0～20mA
AI1 AI2 AO1 AO2 485 GND
1kΩ～5kΩ
V V V V ON
DC 0～10V or 0～20mA AO2
AI2 Analog Output 2
I I I I OFF 0～10V/0～20mA
GND GND

DC -10～10V
AI3
1kΩ～5kΩ 485+

485-
-10V RS485
PE
GND Communication

Uploading and
UP/DOWNLOAD downloading
module

Fig.3-10 FR200 Inverter wiring diagram

Remarks:
1）◎refers to main circuit terminals.，○refers to control circuit terminals.
2）User selects braking resistor based on real needs，Please refer to the braking resistor Selection
Guide.
3）Signal cable and power cable should be separated. Try to cross control cable and
power cable in 90° if needed. The best selection of analog signal lines shielded twisted pair，Power
cables use shielded three-core cable(The specifications of the motor cable than ordinary freshman
profile)or Comply with manual drive.

- 36 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
3.8 Terminal Configuration
3.8.1 Main Circuit Terminals

a: 0.75～2.2KW Main Circuit Terminals

Upload and
Control circuit
download interfaces
terminals

Main circuit
terminals
(+) (-) R S T UV
POWER

Fig.3-11 0.75～2.2kW Schematic of main circuit terminals

b: 4～15KW Main Circuit Terminals

Upload and Control circuit

download interfaces terminals
RFI
Main circuit
PB (+) (-) terminals

Fig.3-12 4～15kW Schematic of main circuit terminals

c: 18.5～30KW Main Circuit Terminals

Solution 1:

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 PB (+) (-) U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

POWER MOTOR

Fig.3-13 18.5～30kW Schematic of main circuit terminals

Solution 2:

- 37 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

(+) (-) PB
POWER MOTOR

Fig.3-14 18.5～30kW Schematic of main circuit terminals

d:37-75kW Main Circuit Terminals

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 PB (+) (-) U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

POWER MOTOR

Fig.3-15 37～75kW Schematic of main circuit terminals

e:90-28kW Main Circuit Terminals

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 POWER (+) DC (-)

U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

Fig.3-16 90～280kW Schematic of main circuit terminals

f:315-400kW Main Circuit Terminals

- 38 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
R/L1 POWER S/L2 POWER T/L3

(-) P (+) U/T1 V/T2

MOTOR

Fig.3-17 315～400kW Schematic of main circuit terminals

g:450-630kW Main Circuit Terminals

R S T DC (-) U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

POWER MOTOR

DC+

Fig.3-18 450～630kW Schematic of main circuit terminals

Table 3-6 main circuit terminal functions

Terminal marks Designation and function of terminals.
AC power input terminals for connecting to 3-phase
R/L1、S/L2、T/L3
AC380V power supply.
AC output terminals of inverter for connecting to 3-phase
U/T1、V/T2、W/T3
induction motor.
(+)、(-) Positive and negative terminals of internal DC bus.
Positive and negative terminals of internal DC bus.
PB Connecting terminals of braking resistor. One end
connected to + and the other to PB.
Grounding terminal.
Remarks: No phase sequence requirements on wiring of the input side of inverter. Wiring
Precautions:
1）Power input terminals R/L1、S/L2 、T/L3
◆ The cable connection on the input side of the AC drive has no phase sequence requirement.
2）DC bus (+)、(－)
◆ Terminals (+) and (-) of DC bus have residual voltage after the AC drive is switched off. After
indicator CHARGE goes off, wait at least 10 minutes before touching the equipment Otherwise, you
may get electric shock.
◆ Do not connect the braking resistor directly to the DC bus. Otherwise, it may damage the AC drive
and even cause fire.
3）Braking resistor connection terminals (+)、PB
◆ The cable length of the braking resistor shall be less than 5 m. Otherwise, it may damage the AC
drive.
4）AC drive output terminals U/T1、V/T2、W/T3
◆ The capacitor or surge absorber cannot be connected to the output side of the AC drive. Otherwise,

- 39 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
it may cause frequent AC drive fault or even damage the AC drive.
If the motor cable is too long, electrical resonance will be generated due to the impact of distributed
capacitance. This will damage the motor insulation or generate higher leakage current, causing the AC
drive to trip in overcurrent protection. If the motor cable is greater than 100 m long, an AC output
reactor must be installed close to the AC drive.
5）Terminal PE
◆ This terminal must be reliably connected to the main earthing conductor. Otherwise, it may cause
electric shock, mal-function or even damage to the AC drive.
◆ Do not connect the earthing terminal to the neutral conductor of the power supply.
3.8.2 Control circuit terminals

DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 COM Y1 Y2 GND AO1 AO2 485+ 485- R2A R2B R2C
+24V PLC COM DI5 DI6 DI7/HI +10V AI1 AI2 AI3 GND PE R1A R1B R1C

Fig.3-19 Control circuit terminals

Table 3-7 FR200 Description of control circuit terminals
Type Terminal Name Function Description
Provide +10 V power supply to
external unit.
External +10 V Generally, it provides power supply to
+10V-GND
power supply external potentiometer with resistance
range of 1–5 kΩ.
Maximum output current: 10 mA
External +24V
Provide +24 V power supply to
power
Power supply external unit.
supply Applying
+24V-COM Generally, it provides power supply to
to Overvoltage
DI/Do terminals and external sensors.
Category II
Maximum output current: 200 mA
circuit
Connect to +24 V by default.
Input terminal
When DI1-DI7 need to be driven by
of
PLC external signal, PLC needs to be
external power
connected to external power supply
supply
and be disconnected from +24 V.
Input voltage range: DC 0～10V/0～
AI1-GND Analog input 1
20mA，decided by toggle switches
AI1、AI2 on the control board
Analog input
AI2-GND Analog input 2 Impedance: 250 kΩ (voltage input),
250 Ω (current input)
Input Voltage Range: DC -10～+10V
AI3-GND Analog input 3
Input impedance: 250kΩ
Switch input
DI1- COM
terminals 1
Switch input Maximum input frequency: 200Hz
DI2- COM
terminals 2 Impedance: 2.4kΩ
Switch input
Switch input Voltage range for level input: 9V～
DI3- COM
terminals 3 30V
Switch input
DI4- COM
terminals 4

- 40 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Switch input
DI5- COM
terminals 5
Switch input
DI6- COM
terminals 6
Switch input
Besides features of DI1–DI6, it can be
terminals 7 OR
DI7/HI-COM used for high-speed pulse input.
High-speed
Maximum input frequency: 100 kHz
pulse input
Analog output Output voltage range: DC 0～10V/0～
AO1-GND
Analog terminal 1 20mA，decided by toggle switches
output Analog output AO1、AO2 on the control board
AO2-GND
terminal 2 Impedance requirements≥10kΩ
Open collector Voltage range: 0～24V
Y1-COM
output 1 Current range: 0～50mA
Switch output Open collector Besides features of Y1, it can be used
output 2 OR for High-speed pulse output channels.
Y2/HO-COM
High-speed The maximum out put frequency:
pulse output 100kHz
Normally open
R1A-R1C
terminal
Normally Contact driving capacity:
R1B-R1C
Relay output closed terminal
AC250V，3A，COSØ=0.4.
Normally open
R2A-R2C DC 30V，1A
terminal
Normally
R2B-R2C
closed terminal
485
Rate:
485+-485- Communication
4800/9600/19200/38400/57600/
Terminals
485 115200bps
485
Communication Termination resistor is set by the
Communication
GND toggle switch on the control panel
shielded
RS485
ground
Shield PE Shield Ground Ground terminal for shield
External
Use standard network cable
operation
Auxiliary Maximum cable distance: 50m
panel interface
Interface
Parameter
UP/DOWNLOAD
copy interface

Description of Wiring of Signal Terminals:

1）Description Use the analog input terminal
Weak analog voltage signals are easy to suffer external interference, and therefore the shielded
cable must be used and the cable length must be less than 20 m, as shown in following figure. When
the analog input signal to an external power supply，AI1 Terminal wiring as shown in Fig 3-12
（a）.When the input analog voltage signal is potentiometer，AI1 Terminal wiring as shown in Fig 3-12
（b）,AI2/AI3 Similar to AI1.

- 41 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
<20m <20m

+10V +10V
FR200 FR200
DC 0～10V
AI1 AI1

1kΩ～5kΩ
DC 0～10V

GND GND

PE PE

（a） (b)
Fig.3-20 Analog input terminal wiring diagram
2）Instructions of Digital Input/output Terminals
Digital input & output signals cables should be as short as possible, shielded, and their shielded
layers should be properly grounded close to the side of drive. The cables should not exceed 20m.
When active drive is selected, take necessary filtering measures against power crosstalk, for which dry
contact control is recommended.
Control cables shall be kept no less than 20cm away from main circuit and strong current lines
(e.g. power lines, motor lines, relay lines and contactor lines) and should not be arranged in parallel
with strong current lines. In case it is inevitable to intersect strong current line, vertical wiring is
recommended to avoid drive faults as a result of noise. Operating instructions for switching value input
terminal
A: Dry contact
24 24
+24V V +24V V

External External
Jumper FR200 controller
FR200
controller
+5 +5
V V
PLC + PLC
-
Optocoupler 20~30V Optocoupler
- + - +
1 DI1 1 DI1

GND GND
+5 +5
V V

Optocoupler Optocoupler
- + - +
7 7 DI7/HI
DI7/HI

GND GND

COM COM

(a) Internal power supply （b）External power supply

Fig.3-21 Dry contact
ATTENTION:
When external power supply is used, the jumper between +24V and PLC must be removed.
Otherwise, it may result in equipment damage.
The voltage range of external power supply should be DC20～30V. Otherwise, normal operation
could not be assured and/or result in equipment damage.
B: Open collector NPN connection

- 42 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
24 24
+24V V +24V V
External External
controller Jumper FR200 controller
FR200
+5 +5
V V
PLC + PLC
Optocoupler - Optocoupler
20~30V
- + - +
1 DI1 1 DI1

GND GND
+5 +5
V V

Optocoupler Optocoupler
- + - +
7 DI7/HI 7 DI7/HI

GND GND

COM COM

(a) Internal power supply （b）External power supply

Fig.3-22 External power supply open collector NPN connection
ATTENTION:
When external power supply is utilized, the jumper between +24V and PLC must be removed.
The voltage range of external power supply should be DC20～30V, otherwise normal operation could
not be assured and/or hazard of equipment damage exists.
C: Open collector PNP connection

External External
24 controller 24
controller
+24V V +24V V

FR200 + 20~30V FR200

-
COM COM

Jumper Jumper
+5 +5
V V
PLC PLC
Optocoupler Optocoupler
- + - +
1 DI1 1 DI1

GND GND
+5 +5
V V
Optocoupler Optocoupler
- + - +
7 DI7/HI 7 DI7/HI

GND GND

(a) Internal power supply （b）External power supply

Fig.3-23 internal power supply open collector PNP connection
3）Instructions of digital output terminal

FR200 FR200
24V 24V
+24V +24V
+5V +5V
Optocoupler Y1,2 Optocoupler Y1,2 +- ≤30V
Pull-up Pull-up
resistor resistor

COM COM

(a) Internal power supply （b）External power supply

Fig.3-24 wiring when Y2 and HO output with pull-up resistors

ATTENTION:
When set to be pulse output, Y2/HO terminal shall output 0～100kHz pulse signal.

- 43 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
FR200 FR200
24V +24V 24V +24V
+5V +5V
Optocoupler Y1,2 Optocoupler Y1,2
Relays Relays
+- ≤30V

COM COM

(a) Internal power supply （b）External power supply

Fig 3-25 mode of connection when the terminal drives relay

ATTENTION:
When relay coil voltage is lower than 24V, a resistor as voltage divider should be mounted
between relay and output terminal, based on coil impedance.
4）Wiring instruction of relay output terminal
Control boards of FR200 series drives are provided with two programmable relay dry contact
outputs. One relay contacts are R1A/R1B/R1C, whose R1Aand R1C are normally open, while R1B
and R1C are normally closed. See parameter F05.02 for details.
The others contacts are R2A /R2B/R2C, whose R2A and R2C are normally open, while R2B and
R2C are normally closed. See parameter F05.03 for details.
ATTENTION:
In case inductive load (e.g. electromagnetic relay or contactor) is to be driven, a surge voltage
absorbing circuit such as RC absorbing circuit (note that its leakage current shall be less than holding
current of controlled contactor or relay), piezoresistor or fly-wheel diode etc. shall be mounted (be sure
to pay close attention to polarity in case of DC electromagnetic circuit). Absorbing devices should be
mounted close to the ends of relay or contactor.
5) Instruction of Signal Switch
AI1 AI2 AO1 AO2 485
V V V V ON

I I I I OFF
Factory
Terminal Function
default
AI1 I: current input (0～20mA); V: voltage input (0～10V) 0～10V
AI2 I: current input (0～20mA); V: voltage input (0～10V) 0～10V
AO1 I: current output (0～20mA); V: voltage output (0～10V) 0～10V
AO2 I: current output (0～20mA); V: voltage output (0～10V) 0～10V
No
Selection of 485 termination resistor; ON :120Ω termination
RS485 termination
resistor provided; OFF: no termination resistor
resistor
3.8.3 RFI Short wiring instructions
If the AC motor drive is supplied from an isolated power (IT power), the RFI jumper must be cut off.
Then the RFI capacities (filter capacitors) will be disconnected from ground to prevent circuit damage
(according to IEC 61800-3) and reduce earth leakage current.
4.0～15kW RFI jumper method: Screw matter is jumped state, release is not jumped state

- 44 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Fig.3-26 4.0～15kW RFI jumper schematic

75～132KW jumper method: Terminal plug is jumped state, unplug the state is not jumper

RFI jumper after RFI jumper before

Fig 3-27 37～75kW Short-circuit diagram
ATTENTION:
1. When power is applied to the AC motor drive, do not cut off the RFI jumper.
2. Make sure main power is switched off before cutting the RFI jumper.
3. The gap discharge may occur when the transient voltage is higher than 1,000V. Besides, electro-magnetic
compatibility of the AC motor drives will be lower after cutting the RFI jumper.
4. Do NOT cut the RFI jumper when main power is connected to earth.
5. The RFI jumper cannot be cut when Hi-pot tests are performed. The mains power and motor must be separated
if high voltage test is performed and the leakage currents are too high.
6. To prevent drive damage, the RFI jumper connected to ground shall be cut off if the AC motor drive is installed on
an ungrounded power system or a high resistance-grounded (over 30 ohms) power system or a corner grounded TN
system.

- 45 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
3.9 EMI Solutions
Due to its working principle, the drive will inevitably produce certain noise that may influence and
disturb other equipment. Moreover, since the internal weak electric signal of drive is also susceptible
to the interference of drive itself and other equipment, EMI problems shall be inevitable. In order to
reduce or avoid the interference of drive to external environment and protect drive against interference
from external environment, this section makes a brief description of noise abatement, ground handling,
leakage current suppression and the application of power line filters.
3.9.1 Noise Abatement
When peripheral equipment and drive share the power supply of one system, noise from drive
may be transmitted to other equipment in this system via power lines and result in misoperation
and&or faults. In such a case, the following measures could be taken:
1) Mount input noise filter at input terminal of the drive;
2) Mount power supply filter at power input terminal of affected equipment;
3) Use isolation transformer to isolate the noise transmission path between other equipment and the
drive.
As the wiring of peripheral equipment and drive constitutes a circuit, the unavoidable earthing
leakage current of inverter will cause equipment misoperation and/or faults.
Disconnect the grounding connection of equipment may avoid this misoperation and/or faults
S e nsitive equipment and signal lines shall be mounted as far away from drive as possible.
S igna l line s s hould be provide d with s hie lde d la ye r a nd re lia bly grounde d. Alte rna tive ly, s igna l
cable could be put into metallic conduits between which the distance shall be no less than 20cm, and
shall be kept as far away from drive and its peripheral devices, cables as possible. Never make signal
lines in parallel with power lines or bundle them up.
S igna l line s m us t orthogona lly cros s powe r line s if this cros s ine vitable.
Motor ca ble s s ha ll be pla ce d in thick prote ctive s cre e n like m ore tha n 2mm -thick pipelines or
buried cement groove, also, power lines can be put into metallic conduit and grounded well with
shielded cables.
Us e 4-core motor cables of which one is grounded at close side of the drive and the other side is
connected to motor enclosure.
Input a nd output te rm ina ls of drive a re re s pe ctive ly e quippe d with ra dio nois e filte r a nd line a r
noise filter. For example, ferrite common mode choke can restrain radiation noise of power lines.
3.9.2 Grounding
Recommended ground electrode is shown in the figure below:

变频器
Drive 变频器
Drive 变频器
Drive 变频器
Drive 变频器
Drive 变频器
Drive

Fig 3-28 Inverter grounding diagram

Use to the fullest extent the maximum standard size of grounding cables to reduce the impedance
of grounding system;
Grounding wires should be as short as possible;
Grounding point shall be as close to the drive as possible;
One wire of 4-core motor cables shall be grounded at the drive side and connected to grounding
terminal of motor at the other side. Better effect will be achieved if motor and drive are provided with
dedicated ground electrodes;
When grounding terminals of various parts of system are linked together, leakages current turns
into a noise source that may influence other equipment in the system, thus, grounding terminals of the
drive and other vulnerable equipment should be separated.
Grounding ca ble s ha ll be ke pt a wa y from inle t & output of nois e -sensitive equipment.
3.9.3 Leakage Current Suppression
Leakage current passes through the line-to-line and ground distributed capacitors at input &
output sides of drive, and its size is associated with the capacitance of distributed capacitor and the
carrier frequency. Leakage current is classified into ground leakage current and line-to-line leakage
current.
Ground leakage current not only circulates inside drive system, but may also influence other
- 46 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
equipment via ground loop. Such a leakage current may result in malfunction of RCD and other
equipment. The higher the carrier frequency of drive is, the bigger the ground leakage current would
be. The longer the motor cables and the bigger the parasitic capacitances are, the bigger the ground
leakage current would be. Therefore, the most immediate and effective method for suppression of
ground leakage current is to reduce carrier frequency and minimize the length of motor cables.
The higher harmonics of line-to-line leakage current that pass through between cables at output
side of drive will Accel the aging of cables and may bring about malfunction of other equipment. The
higher the carrier frequency of drive is, the bigger the line-to-line leakage current would be. The longer
the motor cables and the bigger the parasitic capacitances are, the bigger the line-to-line leakage
current would be. Therefore, the most immediate and effective method for suppression of ground
leakage current is to reduce carrier frequency and minimize the length of motor cable. Line-to-line
leakage current can also be effectively suppressed by mounting additional output reactors.
3.9.4 Use of Power Supply Filter
Since AC drives may generate strong interference and are also sensitive to outside interference,
power supply filters are recommended. Pay close attention to the following instructions during the use:
Enclosure of the filter needs to be reliably grounded;
Input lines of the filter shall be kept as far away from output lines as possible so as to avoid mutual
coupling;
Filter shall be as close to the drive side as possible;
Filter and drive must be connected to the same common ground.

- 47 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Chapter 4 Operation and display

4.1 Introduction of Keypad

As a human-machine interface, you can modify the parameters, monitor the working status and
start or stop the inverter by operating the keypad. Its appearance and function area as shown in the
following figure:

Fig.4-1 Keypad
4.1.1 Key and potentiometer Functions on keypad
There are 8 keys and a potentiometer on the keypad, whose functions are as shown in Table 4-1.
Table 4-1 Key functions on keypad
Symbol Name Function
Escape Enter or exit Level I menu
Enter the menu interfaces level by level, and
Enter
confirm the parameter setting
Increment Increase data or function code

Decrement Decrease data or function code

Select the displayed parameters in turn in the stop
Shift or running state, and select the digit to be modified
when modifying parameters
Perform function switchover (such as jog run and
quick switchover of
Multifunction
command source or direction) according to the
setting of F16.00

potentiometer With the same function as AI1/AI2

Run Start the inverter in the keypad control mode

Stop the inverter when it is in the running state and
perform the reset operation when it is in the fault
Stop/Reset
state. The functions of this key are restricted in
F16.01.
The inverter will free stop when the run and stop
+ Key combinations
key are pressed simultaneously

- 48 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
4.1.2 Keypad Indicators
There are 8 Indicators on the keypad, whose descriptions are as shown in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2 Description of indicators
Indicator Name Meaning
ON: currently displayed parameter is
Hz Frequency
frequency
V Voltage ON: currently displayed parameter is voltage
Unit A Current ON: currently displayed parameter is current
ON: currently displayed parameter is
% Percentage
percentage
All off Other unit Other unit or no unit
ON: the drive is running reverse
Forward or
FWD/REV OFF: the drive is running forward
reverse
Flash: dormant state
Keypad, ON: Terminal control
LOC/REM terminals or OFF: Keypad control
State communication Flash: Communication control
ON: Running state
Running state OFF: Stopped state
(Green border） Flash: In process of stop
ON: Fault state
Fault state OFF: Normal state
（Red border） Flash: Warning state
4.1.3 Keypad digital display
The keypad has five LED (digital) display, it can display a given frequency, output frequency and
other parameters, monitoring data and alarm code. Table 4-3 shows meanings of the characters
displayed on Keypad.

Table 4-3 Meanings of displayed characters

Displayed Character Displayed Character Displayed Character Displayed Character
character Meaning character Meaning character Meaning character Meaning

0 A I S

1 b J T

2 C K t

3 c L U

4 d N u

5 E n y

6 F o -

7 G p 8.

8 H q .

9 h r

4.1.4 Message status

A message appears when the state of completion of certain operations. Prompt message
characters and their meanings are specified in Table 4-4.
Table 4-4 Prompt characters
Prompt symbol Meaning Prompt symbol Meaning
- 49 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Motor parameter
Err00～Err99 Fault type TUNE identification in
process
A00～A99 Alarm type -END- Write parameter
4.2 Viewing and Modifying Function Codes
The keypad of the FR200 adopts three-level menu.
The three-level menu consists of function code group (Level I), function code (Level II), and
function code setting value (level III), as shown in the figure 4-2.

If there is a blinking digit,press

Status parameter Level-I menu
(default display) (Select the function code group) to modify the digit

ESC

50.00 Switch menu

F00 ENT
ESC

Return
Enter
Switch Level-II menu
Status parameter (Select the function
code)
ESC
F00.04 ENT
F00.05 ENT

Return Enter

11.2 Enter
ENT Next function code
Level-III menu
(Set the value of ESC 0
the function code) To save the setting
Not to Save the setting

Fig.4-3 Operation procedure on the keypad

Explanation: In the level III menu, you can press the ESC key or ENT key to return to the level II
menu. The difference is: If you do not have to modify the function code setting, press ENT will be
automatically transferred to the next function code; If the function code settings are modified, it will
display munu "-END-" 1 second when press ENT key, and redisplay the current function code settings,
and it will be automatically transferred to the next function code when press the ENT key again. Press
the ESC key to abandon the current parameter changes directly returns the current function code in
level II.
Here is an example of changing the value of F1-02 to 15.00 Hz.
ESC ESC ENT
50.00 F00.00 F00 F01 F01.00
ESC
ESC
F01 F01.02 F01.02
ESC ESC ENT
ENT ENT
F01.03 15.00 15.00 10.00 10.00
Fig.4-4 Example of changing the parameter value
In Level III menu, if the parameter has no blinking digit, it means that the parameter cannot be
modified. This may be because:
（1）Such a function code is only readable, such as, AC drive model, actually detected parameter
and running record parameter.
（2）Such a function code cannot be modified in the running state and can only be changed at
stop.
4.3 Viewing Status Parameters
There are stop state parameters and running state parameters.
It has 4 status parameters in the stop or running state .You can press “>>” on the keypad to
display status parameters. Which parameters are displayed is determined by the values of F16.03～
F16.06（Running state parameters 1～4） 、F16.07～F16.10（stop state parameters1～4） ，it can select
the U00 group.

- 50 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
4.4 Motor Auto-tuning
Tuning is valid only when the keyboard command mode. Set tuning mode (stationary or rotating),
press the ENT key to confirm, the keyboard will display TUNE, then press the RUN key, the inverter
will drive motor acceleration and deceleration, positive inversion operation,and the run indicator lights.
Tuning duration of about two minutes, when the display TUNE message disappears, returning to
normal parameter display status, which means that the tuning is completed.
4.5 Password Setting
The inverter provides password protection function, it is set a user's password when F00.00 set to
nonzero.If five minutes without operating the keypad, the password protection is effective, and the
keypad will show “-----”, then the user must enter the correct password to enter the regular menu,
otherwise inaccessible.
There are three ways a user password into force:
Method 1: Set F00.00 parameter to nonzero, then press the ESC + ENT key.
Method 2: Set F00.00 parameter to nonzero, then do not use the keypad within five minutes.
Method 3: Set F00.00 parameter to nonzero, then completely power down and then power.
If you want to cancel the password protection functions, only through a password to enter, and set
F00.00 to 0.
4.6 Keypad lock
4.6.1 Keypad lock
The following three methods to any one immediately lock all or part of the keypad buttons; see the
definition of the function code F16.02.
Method 1: Set F16.02parameter to nonzero, then press the ESC + ENT key.
Method 2: Set F16.02 parameter to nonzero, and then do not use the keypad within five minutes.
Method 3: Set F16.02 parameter to nonzero, then completely power down and then power.
4.6.2 Keypad unlock
Press the ESC + >> keys to unlock.Unlocking operation does not change the value of F16.02,
That means when Meet the keypad locking conditions, the keypad will be locked again. If you want the
control panel no longer be locked, after unlocking the F16.02 must change the value to 0.
4.7 Shortcut menus function code description
Factory setting mode is changed to be shortcut menu mode (F00.01=1) in the software
version above V1.07, group 17 is for the parameters of shortcut menu.
The difference of display between shortcut manual and basic menu is in the second level
menu, please refer to below the details of difference and the switching method.
Menu mode Shortcut menu Basic menu

F01.01. F01.01
Display F01.01 function code is
difference The last digit of F01.01. function
code is with radix point, no without radix point, and flashing
flashing

1. Press or for
1. Press or up-down switch in
up-down switch in F17 function
Function sequency
code
difference
2. Press return back to first level
2. can’t return back to
menu
first level menu
Method 1. Setting F00.01=0 to
basic menu Method 1. Setting F00.01 to shortcut menu

Switch Method 2. Long Press Method 2. Long press when

when display second level display second level menu, switch to
menu, switch to basic menu shortcut menu automatically
automatically

If the shortcut menu is not enough, user can reset the shortcut menu, refer to group F17 for details.

- 51 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Chapter 5 List of Parameter

Group F00～F17 are standard function parameters. Group U00 is status monitoring parameters.
Group U01 is fault record parameters.
The symbols in the function code table are described as follows:
"△ " means the value of this parameter can be modified in stop and running status of drive;
"×" means the value of this parameter cannot be modified when drive is running;
"⊙" means this parameter is a measured value that cannot be modified;
Default: The value when restored to factory default. Neither measured parameter value nor
recorded value will be restored.
Setting Range: the scope of setting and display of parameters
FR200 parameter groups are listed below:

Category Parameter Group

System Parameters F00: System Parameters
F01: Frequency Command
Basic Parameters F02: Start/Stop Control Start/Stop Control
F03: Accelerate/Decelerate Parameters
F04: Digital Input
F05: Digital Output
Input & Output Terminals
F06: Analog and Pulse Input
F07: Analog and Pulse Output
F08: Parameters of Motor 1
Motor and Control Parameters F09: V/f Control Parameters of Motor 1
F10: Vector Control Parameters of Motor 1
Protection Parameters F11: Protection Parameters
F12: Multi-Reference and Simple PLC Function
F13: Process PID
Application Parameters
F14: Swing Frequency, Fixed Length , Count and
Wakeup
Communication Parameters F15: Communication Parameters
Keys and Display of Keypad
F16: Keys and Display of Keypad Parameters
Parameters
User-defined Display Parameters F17: User-defined Display Parameters
U00: Status monitoring
Monitoring Parameters
U01: Fault record

- 52 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
5.1 Five LED (digital) display indicators

Hz V A %

Ten thousand’s
Unit’s place
place

Thousand’s place Hundred’s place Ten’s place

Fig.5-1 LED indicators

5.2 Standard Function Parameters
Table 5-1 Standard Function Parameters
Param. Parameter Name Setting Range Default Attr
Group F00: System Parameters
Setting of User
F00.00 0～65535 0 ×
Password
0: Display all parameters
1: Only display F00.00, F00.01 and
user-defined parameters
F00.01 Display of Parameters F17.00～F17.29 0 ×
2: Only display A0-00, A0-01, and
the parameters different with
factory default
0: All parameter programmable
F00.02 Parameter Protection 1: Only F00.02 and this parameter 0 ×
programmable
0: G type (constant torque load)
F00.03 G/P type display 1: P type (variable torque load 0 ×
e.g. fan and pump)
0: No operation
1: Restore all parameters to factory
default (excluding motor
parameters)
2: Clear fault record
F00.04 Parameter Initialization 3: Back up currentuser parameters 0 ×
4: Restore user backup parameters
5: Restore factory default(include
motor parameter)
6: Power consumption zero
clearing(U00.35)
0: No operation
1: Upload parameter
Copy of Parameters(Need
2: Download parameter (excluding
F00.05 an uploading and 0 ×
motor parameters)
downloading module)
3: Download parameter (including
motor parameters)
0:Editable via keypad and
Parameter RS485
F00.06 0 ×
editing mode 1:Editable via keypad
2:Editable via RS485

- 53 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
0: Voltage/Frequency (V/F)
control
F00.08 Motor 1 control mode 1 ×
1:Sensor-less vector control 1
2: Sensor-less vector control 2
0:Digital input terminal 7
F00.09 DI7/HI input mode 0 ×
1: Pulse input
Unit's place: AI1
0: Analog input
F00.10 AI1\AI2\AI3 input mode 1: Digital input 000 ×
Decade: AI2 (same as AI1)
Hundreds place: AI3 (same as AI1)
0: Digital 0utput terminal 2
F00.11 Y2/HO input mode 0 ×
1: Pulse output
Unit's place: PWM modulation
mode
0: Fixed carrier
1: Random carrier
2: Derating of fixed carrier
3: Derating of random carrier
Decade: PWM modulation mode
0: Seven-segment mode
F00.12 PWM optimization 000 ×
1: Five-segment mode
2: Five-segment and
seven-segment automatic
switchover
Hundreds place: over-modulation
adjustment
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Model
F00.13 Carrier frequency 0.700～16.000kHz △
defined
Upper carrier
F00.14 0.700～16.000kHz 8.000kHz ×
frequency
Lower carrier
F00.15 0.700～16.000kHz 2.000kHz ×
frequency
F00.16 Output voltage 5.0～150.0% 100.0% ×
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: AVR is disabled if the DC
F00.17 AVR bus voltage > the rated 1 ×
voltage of DC bus, and it will be
enabled if the DC bus voltage≤the
rated voltage of DC bus.
0: Run at power-on
F00.18 Fan control 1 ×
1: Fan working during running
F00.19 Factory password 0～65535 0 ×
Model
F00.20 Inverter rated power 0.2～710.0kW ⊙
defined
Model
F00.21 Inverter rated voltage 60～660V ⊙
defined
Model
F00.22 Inverter rated current 0.1～1500.0A ⊙
defined
Model
F00.23 Software version 0.00～655.35 ⊙
defined
F00.24 Dealer password 0～65535 0 ×
F00.25 Setting operation time 0～65535h(0: Invaild) 0h ×
- 54 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Group F01: Frequency Command
0: Master frequency source
1: Auxiliary frequency source
2: Master +Auxiliary
Frequency source 3: Master - Auxiliary
F01.00 0 ×
selection 4: MAX{Master, Auxiliary }
5: MIN {Master, Auxiliary }
6: AI1 ( Master + Auxiliary )
7: AI2 ( Master +Auxiliary )
0:Master digital setting (F01.02)
1: keypad potentiometer
2: Analog input AI1
3: Communication
Master Frequency 4: Multi-reference
F01.01 1 ×
Command Source 5: PLC
6: Process PID output
7: X7/HI pulse input
8: AI2
9: AI3
Digital Setting of Master
F01.02 0.00～Fmax 50.00Hz △
Frequency
0: Auxiliary digital setting
(F01.04)
1: keypad potentiometer
2: Analog input AI1
3: Communication
Auxiliary Frequency
F01.03 4: Multi-reference 0 ×
Command Source
5: PLC
6: Process PID output
7: X7/HI pulse input
8: Analog input AI2
9: Analog input AI3
Digital setting of
F01.04 0.00～Fmax 50.00Hz △
auxiliary frequency
Range of auxiliary 0: Relative to maximum frequency
F01.05 0 ×
frequency 1: Relative to master frequency
Coeff of auxiliary
F01.06 0.0～150.0% 100.0% △
frequency
F01.07 Jog frequency 0.00～Fmax 5.00Hz △
F01.08 Maximum frequency 20.00～600.00Hz 50.00Hz ×
Fdown～Fmax
F01.09 Upper limit frequency Lower limit frequency～maximum 50.00Hz ×
frequency
F01.10 Lower limit frequency 0.00～Fup 0.00Hz ×
Operation when command 0: Run at lower limit frequency
F01.11 frequency lower than 1: Run at 0 Hz would be activated 0 ×
lower limit frequency after the time delay set by F01.12
Lower limit frequency
F01.12 0.0～6000.0s 60.0s ×
running time
Up to this frequency, start
F01.13 0.00~600.00Hz 50.00Hz △
frequency compensation
Frequency compensation
F01.14 0.00~50.00Hz 0.00Hz △
per 50Hz
Group F02: Start/Stop Control
F02.00 Run command 0: Keypad control (LED off) 0 ×
- 55 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
1: Terminal control (LED on)
2: Communication control (LED
blinking)
0: Forward
F02.01 Running direction 0 △
1: Reverse
0: Reverse enabled
F02.02 Reverse-proof action 0 ×
1: Reverse disabled
Dead time between
F02.03 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s ×
forward and reverse
Unit’s place:
0:Start directly
1:Rotational speed track and
restart
Ten’s place:
0:Ungrounded short-circuit
detection
1:Grounding short-circuit detection
before the first starts
F02.04 Start mode 0000 ×
2:Grounding short-circuit detection
before each starts
Hundred’s place: Speed tracking
0:Track from zero speed
1:Track from max frequency
Thousand’s place: Select if Jog
function takes the priority
0:Disable
1:Enable
F02.05 Start frequency 0.00～10.00Hz 0.00Hz ×
Startup frequency holding
F02.06 0.0～100.0s 0.0s ×
time
F02.07 Startup DC brakin current 0.0～150.0% 0.0% ×
F02.08 DC braking time at start 0.0～100.0s 0.0s ×
F02.09 Speed search current 0.0～180.0% 130.0% △
F02.10 Sped search decel time 0.0～10.0s 1.0s ×
F02.11 Sped search coefficient 0.01～5.00 0.30 △
0: Ramp to stop
F02.12 Stop mode 0 ×
1: Coast to stop
Initial frequency of stop
F02.13 0.01～50.00Hz 2.00Hz ×
DC braking
F02.14 Stop DC braking current 0.0～150.0% 0.0% ×
Waiting time of stop DC
F02.15 0.0～30.0s 0.0s ×
braking
F02.16 Stop DC braking time 0.0～30.0s 0.0s ×
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
F02.17 Dynamic brake 0 ×
2: Enabled at running
3: Enabled at deceleration
Voltage of dynamic
F02.18 480～800V 700V ×
braking
F02.19 Brake use ratio 5.0～100.0% 100.0% ×
0: No voltage output
F02.20 0Hz output selection 0 ×
1: Voltage output
Auto-start of power-on 0: Invalid
F02.21 0 △
again 1: Valid
F02.22 Waiting time between 0.0~10.0s 0.5s △

- 56 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
auto-start and power-on
again
Group F03: Accel/Decel Parameters
F03.00 Accel time 1 0.0～6000.0s 15.0s △
F03.01 Decel time 1 0.0～6000.0s 15.0s △
F03.02 Accel time 2 0.0～6000.0s 15.0s △
F03.03 Decel time 2 0.0～6000.0s 15.0s △
F03.04 Accel time 3 0.0～6000.0s 15.0s △
F03.05 Decel time 3 0.0～6000.0s 15.0s △
F03.06 Accel time 4 0.0～6000.0s 15.0s △
F03.07 Decel time 4 0.0～6000.0s 15.0s △
F03.08 Jog accel time 0.0～6000.0s 15.0s △
F03.09 Jog decel time 0.0～6000.0s 15.0s △
0: Linear Accel/Decel
F03.10 Accel/Decele curve 0 ×
1: S-curve Accel/Decel
Initial segment time of
F03.11 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s ×
acceleration of S curve
Time unit of acceleration 0: 0.1s
F03.12 0 ×
and deceleration 1: 0.01s
Frequency switchover
point between acceleration
F03.13 0.00～Fmax 0.00Hz ×
time 1 and acceleration
time 2
Frequency switchover
point between
F03.14 0.00～Fmax 0.00Hz ×
deceleration time 1 and
deceleration time 2
End segment time of
F03.15 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s ×
acceleration of S curve
Initial segment time of
F03.16 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s ×
deceleration of S curve
End segment time of
F03.17 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s ×
deceleration of S curve
Group F04 Digital Input
F04.00 Function of terminal DI1 00: No function 1 ×
F04.01 Function of terminal DI2 01: Running forward (FWD) 2 ×
F04.02 Function of terminal DI3 02: Running reverse (REV) 7 ×
F04.03 Function of terminal DI4 03: Three-wire control 13 ×
F04.04 Function of terminal DI5 04: JOG forward 0 ×
F04.05 Function of terminal DI6 05: JOG reverse 0 ×
F04.06 Function of terminal DI7 06: Coast to stop 0 ×
F04.07 Function of terminal AI1 07: Fault reset (RESET) 0 ×
08: Running suspended
F04.08 Function of terminal AI2 0 ×
09: External fault input
10: Terminal UP
11: Terminal DOWN
12: UP/DOWN (including ∧/∨
key) adjustment clear
13: Multi-step frequency terminal 1
F04.09 Function of terminal AI3 14: Multi-step frequency terminal 2 0 ×
15: Multi-step frequency terminal 3
16: Multi-step frequency terminal 4
17: Accel/Decel time determinant 1
18: Accel/Decel time determinant 1
19: Accel/Decel disabled(ramp
stop not inclusive)
- 57 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
20: Switch to auxiliary speed
setting
21: PLC status reset
22: Simple PLC paused
23: Simple PLC paused
24: PID adjustment direction
25: PID integration paused
26: PID parameter switch
27: Swing frequency pause(output
the currentfrequency)
28: Swing frequency reset(output
the central frequency)
29: Run command switched to
keypad contro
30: Run command switched to
terminal control
31: Run command switched to
communication control
32: Count input
33: Count clear
34: Length count
35: Length clear
36: DC brake input command at
Stop
37: Speed/torque control switch
38:No reverse
39:No forward
Filtering time of digital
F04.10 0.000～1.000s 0.010s △
input terminal
Delay time before terminal
F04.11 0.0～300.0s 0.0s △
DI1 is valid
Delay time before terminal
F04.12 0.0～300.0s 0.0s △
DI2 is valid
DI5、DI4、DI3、DI2、DI1
0: Positive logic(Terminals are on
Terminal DI1～DI5
F04.13 at 0V/off at 24V) 00000 ×
positive/negative logic
1: Negative Logic (Terminals are
off at 0V/on at 24V)
AI3、AI2、AI1、DI7、DI6
Terminal DI6～AI3
F04.14 0: Positive logic 00000 ×
positive/negative logic
1: Negative Logic
0: Two-wire mode 1
FWD/REV terminal 1: Two-wire mode 2
F04.15 0 ×
control mode 2: Three-wire mode 1
3: Three-wire mode 2
Unit's place: action when stop
0: Clear
1: Holding
Ten’s place: action on power loss
Terminal UP/DOWN 0: Clear
F04.16 frequency adjustment 1: Holding 00001 ×
control Hundreds place: integral function
0: No integral function
1: Integral function enabled
Thousand’s place: Select if it can
be reduced to negative frequency
0: Disable
- 58 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
1: Enable

Ten thousand’s place: Jog action

to clear UP/DOWN
0: Not Clear
1: Clear
Terminal UP/DOWN
1.00Hz/
F04.17 frequency change step 0.00～50.00Hz 0.00:Disabled △
200ms
size
0: Level effective
1: Edge trigger +Level
Terminal action selection
F04.18 effective(When power on) 0 ×
when power on
2: Edge trigger +Level
effective(Every start)
Delay time before terminal
F04.19 0.0～300.0s 0.0s △
DI1 is invalid
Delay time before terminal
F04.20 0.0～300.0s 0.0s △
DI2 is invalid
Group F05 Digital Output
F05.00 Y1 output function 00: No output 1 ×
F05.01 Y2 output function 01: Drive is running 3
F05.02 Relay 1 output function 02: Fault output 2 ×
03: Frequency-level detection
FDT1 output
04: Frequency-level detection
FDT2 output
05: Drive in 0Hz running 1(no
output at stop)
06: Drive in 0Hz running 2(output
at stop)
07: Upper limit frequency attained
08: Lower limit frequency attained
09: Frequency attained
10: Inverter is ready to work
11: Drive (motor) overloaded alarm
12: Inverter overheat warning
13: Current running time attained
F05.03 Relay 2 output function 14: Accumulative power-on time 11 ×
attained
15: Consecutive running time
attained
16: PLC cycle completed
17: Set count value attained
18: Designated count value
attained
19: Length attained
20: Under load alarm
21:Brake output
22: DI1
23: DI2
24:When reach the range of set
frequency(FDT1)
F05.04 Y1 output delay time 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s △
F05.05 Y2 output delay time 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s △
F05.06 R1 output delay time 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s △
F05.07 R2 output delay time 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s △
F05.08 Enabled state of digital Unit's place: Y1 0000 ×
- 59 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
output 0: Positive logic
1: Negative logic
Ten’s place: Y2 (same as unit's
place)
Hundreds place: Relay 1 output
(same as unit's place)
Thousands place: Relay 2 output
(same as unit's place)
Detection width of
F05.09 0.00～20.00Hz 5.00Hz ×
frequency attained
F05.10 FDT1 upper bound 0.00～Fmax 30.00Hz ×
F05.11 FDT1 lower bound 0.00～Fmax 30.00Hz ×
F05.12 FDT2 upper bound 0.00～Fmax 30.00Hz ×
F05.13 FDT2 lower bound 0.00～Fmax 30.00Hz ×
Consecutive running
F05.14 0.0～6000.0Min 0.0:Disabled 0.0Min ×
time
Accumulative power-on
F05.15 0～65535h 0:Disabled 0h ×
time setting
Accumulative running
F05.16 0～65535h 0:Disabled 0h ×
time setting
0: Disabled
F05.17 Brake control selection 0 ×
1: Enabled
F05.18 Brake opened frequency Closed frequency ~30.00Hz 2.50Hz ×
F05.19 Brake opened current 0.0~200.0% 0.0% △
F05.20 Brake open waiting time 0.00~10.00s 0.00s ×
F05.21 Brake open operating time 0.00~10.00s 0.50s ×
F05.22 Brake closed frequency 0.00Hz~opened frequency 2.00Hz ×
F05.23 Brake close waiting time 0.00~10.00s 0.00s ×
F05.24 Brake close operating time 0.00~10.00s 0.50s ×
Group F06 Analog and Pulse Input
Minimum input of curve 0.0%～input of inflection point1
F06.00 1.0% △
AI1 of curve AI1
Set value corresponding
F06.01 to minimum input of -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
curve AI1
Input of inflection point Minimum input of curve AI1～Input
F06.02 100.0% △
1 of curve AI1 of inflection point 2 of curve AI1
Set value corresponding
F06.03 to input of inflection -100.0～100.0% 100.0% △
point 1 of curve AI1
Input of inflection point Input of inflection point 1 of curve
F06.04 100.0% △
2 of curve AI1 AI1～Maximum input of curve AI1
Set value corresponding
F06.05 to input of inflection -100.0～100.0% 100.0% △
point 2 of curve AI1
Maximum input of curve Input of inflection point 2 of curve
F06.06 100.0% △
AI1 AI1～100.0%
Set value corresponding
F06.07 to maximum input of -100.0～100.0% 100.0% △
curve AI1
Minimum input of curve 0.0%～input of inflection point1 of
F06.08 1.0% △
AI2 curve AI2
Set value corresponding
F06.09 to minimum input of -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
curve AI2
- 60 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Input of inflection point Minimum input of curve AI1～Input
F06.10 100.0% △
1 of curve AI2 of inflection point 2 of curve AI2
Set value corresponding
F06.11 to input of inflection -100.0～100.0% 100.0% △
point 1 of curve AI2
Input of inflection point Input of inflection point 1 of curve
F06.12 100.0% △
2 of curve AI2 AI2～Maximum input of curve AI2
Set value corresponding
F06.13 to input of inflection -100.0～100.0% 100.0% △
point 2 of curve AI2
Maximum input of curve Input of inflection point A of curve
F06.14 100.0% △
AI2 AI2～100.0%
Set value corresponding
F06.15 to maximum input of -100.0～100.0% 100.0% △
curve AI2
Minimum input of curve 0.0%～input of inflection point1
F06.16 0.0% △
AI3 of curve AI3
Set value corresponding
F06.17 to minimum input of -100.0～100.0% -100.0% △
curve AI3
Input of inflection point Minimum input of curve AI1～Input
F06.18 25.0% △
1 of curve AI3 of inflection point 2 of curve AI3
Set value corresponding
F06.19 to input of inflection -100.0～100.0% -50.0% △
point 1 of curve AI3
Input of inflection point Input of inflection point 1 of curve
F06.20 75.0% △
2 of curve AI3 AI3～Maximum input of curve AI3
Set value corresponding
F06.21 to input of inflection -100.0～100.0% 25.0% △
point 2 of curve AI3
Maximum input of curve Input of inflection point A of curve
F06.22 100.0% △
AI3 AI3～100.0%
Set value corresponding
F06.23 to maximum input of -100.0～100.0% 100.0% △
curve AI3
Minimum input of curve 0.0～Maximum input of curve
F06.24 0.5% △
keypad potentiometer keypad potentiometer
Set value corresponding
to minimum input of
F06.25 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
curve keypad
potentiometer
Maximum input of curve Minimum input of curve keypad
F06.26 99.9% △
keypad potentiometer potentiometer～100.0
Set value corresponding
to maximum input of
F06.27 -100.0～100.0% 100.0% △
curve keypad
potentiometer
F06.28 AI1 terminal filtering time 0.000～10.000s 0.100s △
F06.29 AI2 terminal filtering time 0.000～10.000s 0.100s △
F06.30 AI3 terminal filtering time 0.000～10.000s 0.100s △
Keypad potentiometer
F06.31 0.000～10.000s 0.100s △
filtering time
0.00 kHz～Maximum input of curve
F06.32 Minimum input of curve HI 0.00kHz △
HI
Set value corresponding to
F06.33 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
minimum input of curve HI
- 61 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Minimum input of curve HI～
F06.34 Maximum input of curve HI 50.00kHz △
100.00kHz
Set value corresponding to
F06.35 -100.0～100.0% 100.0% △
maximum input of curve HI
F06.36 HI terminal filtering time 0.000～10.000s 0.100s △
Group F07 Analog and Pulse Output
F07.00 AO1 output function 00: No output 1 ×
F07.01 AO2 output function 01: Output frequency 2 ×
02: Command frequency
03: Output current
04: Output voltage
05: Output power
06: Bus voltage
07: +10V
Y2/HO output function 08: keypad potentiometer
F07.02 3 ×
(when used as HO) 09: AI1
10: AI2
11: AI3
12: HI
13: Output torque
14: Ao communication given 1
15: Ao communication given 2
F07.03 AO1 offset -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F07.04 AO1 gain -2.000～2.000 1.000 △
F07.05 AO1 filtering time 0.000～10.000s 0.000s △
F07.06 AO2 offset -100.0～100.0% 0.00% △
F07.07 AO2 gain -2.000～2.000 1.000 △
F07.08 AO2 filtering time 0.000～10.000s 0.000s △
HO maximum output
F07.09 0.01～100.00kHz 50.00kHz △
pulse frequency
F07.10 HO output filtering time 0.000～10.000s 0.010s △
Group F08 Parameters of Motor 1
0: Three phase asynchronous
motors
1: Reserved
2: Single phase asynchronous
F08.00 Motor 1 type selection motors（Remove capacity） 0 ×
3: Single phase asynchronous
motors（No need to remove
capacity）
Model
F08.01 Power rating of motor 1 0.1～1000.0kW ×
defined
Model
F08.02 Rated voltage of motor 1 60～660V ×
defined
Model
F08.03 Rated current of motor 1 0.1～1500.0A ×
defined
Rated frequency of Model
F08.04 20.00～Fmax ×
motor 1 defined
Model
F08.05 Rated speed of motor 1 1～30000 ×
defined
Stator resistance R1 of Model
F08.08 0.001～65.535Ω ×
async motor 1 defined
Rotor resistance R2 of Model
F08.09 0.001～65.535Ω ×
async motor 1 defined
Leakage inductance L1 Model
F08.10 0.01～655.35mH ×
of async motor 1 defined
- 62 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Mutual inductance L2 of Model
F08.11 0.1～6553.5mH ×
asynchronous motor 1 defined
No-load current of Model
F08.12 0.1～1500.0A ×
async motor 1 defined
Field weakening coeff 1
F08.13 0.0～100.0 87% ×
of async motor 1
Field weakening coeff 2
F08.14 0.0～100.0 75% ×
of async motor 1
Field weakening coeff 3
F08.15 0.0～100.0 70% ×
of async motor 1
F08.21 Motor’s pole number 0～1000 4 ⊙
0: No autotuning
1: Static autotuning of async motor
F08.30 Autotuning of motor 1 0 ×
2: Rotary autotuning of async
motor
Group F09 V/f Control Parameters of Motor 1
00: Linear V/F
01: Multi-stage V/F
02:1.2nd power V/F
03:1.4th power V/F
04:1.6th power V/F
05:1.8th power V/F
06: 2.0nd power V/F
F09.00 V/f curve setting 0 ×
07: V/F complete separation
08: V/F half separation
09: 1.2 power inverse curve V/F
10: 1.4 power inverse curve V/F
11: 1.6 power inverse curve V/F
12: 1.8 power inverse curve V/F
13: 2.0 power inverse curve V/F
0.1%–30.0% 0.0% (fixed torque
F09.01 Torque boost 0.0% △
boost)
Cut-off frequency of torque
F09.02 0.00～Fmax 50.00Hz △
boost
Multi-point V/F frequency
F09.03 0.00～F09.05 0.00Hz △
1(F1)
Multi-point V/F voltage 1
F09.04 0.0～100.0 5.0% △
(V1)
Multi-point V/F frequency
F09.05 F09.03～F09.05 5.00Hz △
2(F2)
Multi-point V/F voltage 2
F09.06 0.0～100.0 14.0% △
(V2)
Multi-point V/F frequency
F09.07 F09.05～F09.09 25.00Hz △
3(F3)
Multi-point V/F voltage 3
F09.08 0.0～100.0 50.0% △
(V3)
Multi-point V/F frequency
F09.09 F09.07～rated motor frequency 50.00Hz △
4(F4)
Multi-point V/F voltage 4
F09.10 0.0～100.0 Ue=100.0% 100.0% △
(V4)
V/F slip compensation
F09.11 0.0～300.0% 80.0% △
gain
Stator voltagedrop
F09.12 0.0～200.0% 100.0% △
compensation gain
F09.13 Excitation boost gain 0.0～200.0% 100.0% △
F09.14 Oscillation Suppression 0.0～300.0% 100.0% △

- 63 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
0: Digital setting (F09.16)
1: keypad potentiometer
2: AI1
Voltage source for V/F 3: Multi-reference
F09.15 0 ×
separation 4: Pulse setting ( DI7/HI )
5: PID
6: AI2
7: AI3
Voltage digital setting for
F09.16 0 V to rated motor voltage 0.0% △
V/F separation
0.0～6000.0s
Voltage rise time of V/F It indicates the time for the
F09.17 0.1s △
separation voltage rising from 0 V to rated
Motor voltage.
Group F10 Vector Control Parameters of Motor 1
0: speed control
F10.00 Speed/torque control 0 ×
1: torque control
ASR low-speed
F10.01 0.0～100.0 15.0 △
proportional gain Kp1
ASR low-speed
F10.02 0.001～30.000s 0.050s △
integration time Ti1
ASR switching
F10.03 0.00～F10.06 5.00Hz △
frequency 1
ASR high-speed
F10.04 1～100.0 10.0 △
proportional gain Kp2
ASR high-speed
F10.05 0.001～30.000s 0.100s △
integration time Ti2
ASR switching
F10.06 F10.03～Fmax 10.00Hz △
frequency 2
F10.07 ASR input filtering time 0.0～500.0ms 3.0ms △
F10.08 ASR output filtering time 0.0～500.0ms 0.0ms △
F10.09 Vector control slip gain 50～200% 100% △
Digital setting of torque
F10.10 upper limit in speed control 80.0～200.0% 165.0% ×
mode
Excitation adjustment
F10.11 0.00～10.00 0.50 △
proportional gain Kp1
Excitation adjustment
F10.12 0.0～3000.0ms 10.0ms △
integral gain Ti1
Torque adjustment
F10.13 0.00～10.00 0.50 △
proportional gain Kp2
Torque adjustment integral
F10.14 0.0～3000.0ms 10.0ms △
gain Ti2
F10.15 Excitation gain coefficient 50.0~200% 100% △
0: Set by F10.17
1: Keypad potentiometer
2: AI1
Torque setting source
F10.16 3: AI2 0 ×
under torque control
4: AI3
5: Pulse setting ( DI7/HI )
6: Communication setting
F10.17 Digital setting of torque -200.0～200.0% 50.0% △
Forward speed limited
F10.18 0.00～Fmax 50.00Hz △
value under torque control
Reverse speed limited
F10.19 0.00～ Fmax 50.00Hz △
value under torque contro
- 64 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
F10.20 Set torque accel time 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s △
F10.21 Set torque decel time 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s △
Static friction torque
F10.22 0.0～100.0% 5.00% △
compensation
Static friction frequency
F10.23 0.00～20.00Hz 1.00Hz △
range
Sliding friction torque
F10.24 0.0～100.0% 1.0% △
compensation
Rotary inertia
F10.25 0.0～200.0% 30.0% △
compensation coeff
0: Set by F10.18 & F10.19
1: Keypad potentiometer
Max Frequency source 2: AI1
F10.26 0 ×
under torque control 3: AI2
4: AI3
5: Pulse setting ( DI7/HI )
Group F11 Protection Parameters
0: Current limit disabled
F11.00 Current limit control 1: Current limit mode 1 2 ×
2: Current limit mode 2
F11.01 Current limit 100.0～200.0% 150.0% ×
Frequency decreasing
F11.02 time(limit current in 0.0～6000.0s 5.0s △
constant speed operation)
Current limit mode 2
F11.03 0.1～100.0% 3.0% △
proportion gain
Current limit mode 2
F11.04 0.00～10.00s 10.00s △
integral time
0: Overvoltage stall disabled
F11.05 Overvoltage Stall Control 1: Overvoltage stall mode 1 2 ×
2: Overvoltage stall mode 2
F11.06 Overvoltage stall voltage 600～800V 730V ×
Overvoltage Stall
F11.07 0.0～100.0% 50.0% △
Mode 2 Proportion Gain
Overvoltage stall mode 2
F11.08 0.00～50.00Hz 5.00Hz ×
frequency limit
Unit's place: Bus undervoltage
0: Fault reported and coast to stop
1: Stop according to the stop mode
2: Fault reported but continue to
run
3: Fault protection disabled
Ten's place:Power input phase
Loss (Err09)(Same as unit's
F11.10 Protection action 1 place ) 03330 ×
Hundred's place:Power output
phase loss(Err10)(Same as unit's
place )
Thousand's place:Motor overload
(Err11)(Same as unit's place )
Ten thousand's place:Inverter
overload(Err11)(Same as unit's
place )
External equipment fault（Err13)
F11.11 Protection action 2 0: Fault reported and coast to stop 00000 ×
1: Stop according to the stop mode
- 65 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
2: Fault reported but continue to
run
Ten's place: EEPROM read/write
fault (Err15) (Same as unit's place)
Hundred's place: Communication
overtime error (Err18) (Same as
unit's place)
Thousand's place: PID feedback
loss (Err19) (Same as unit's place)
Ten thousand's place: Continuous
running time reached (Err20)
(Same as unit's place)
Unit's place: Module temperature
detection disconnection（Err24)
0: Fault reported and coast to stop
F11.12 Protection action 3 1: Stop according to the stop mode 00030 ×
2: Fault reported but continue to
run
Ten's place: Load becoming 0
(Err25) (Same as unit's place)
0: Current running frequency
1: Set frequency
Frequency selection for 2: Frequency upper limit
F11.14 continuing to run upon 3: Frequency lower limit 1 ×
fault
4: Backup frequency upon
abnormality
Backup frequency upon
F11.15 0.00～Fmax 0.00Hz ×
abnormality
Motor overload protection
F11.17 30.0～300.0s 60.0s ×
time
Unit's place: detection option:
0: Always detect
1: Detect at constant speed only
Ten's place: compared object
0: Rated current of motor
1: Rated current of drive
Hundred’s place:Fault reported
0:No fault reported
1:Fault reported
Thousant’ place: whether to
F11.18 Overload alarm delerate or not when overload 00010 ×
alarm
0: No deceleration
1: Deceleration
Ten thousand's place: given mode
for overload threshold
0: F11.19 set
1: F11.19*VP
2: F11.19*AI1
3: F11.19*AI2
4: F11.19*AI3
F11.19 Overload alarm threshold 20.0～200.0% 130.0% ×
Overload alarm
F11.20 activated time that 0.1～60.0s 5.0s ×
exceeding threshold
Inverter overheat warning Model
F11.21 50～overheat Temperature ×
threshold defined
- 66 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
F11.22 Detection level of load loss 5.0～100.0% 20.0% ×
F11.23 Detection time of load loss 0.1～60.0s 5.0s ×
Action selection at 0: Disabled
F11.24 instantaneous power 1: Deceleration 0 ×
failure 2: Bus voltage constant control
Decel time at
F11.25 instantaneous power 0.0～6000.0s 5.0s △
failure
0: Disabled
F11.26 Rapid current limit 0 ×
1: Enabled
Times of automatic
F11.27 0～20 0 ×
trip(fault) reset
Interval of automatic
F11.28 0.1～100.0s 1.0s ×
trip(fault) reset
DO action during fault auto 0: Not act
F11.29 1: Act 0 ×
reset
Instantaneous power
F11.30 60.0%～Recovery voltage 80.0% △
off bus voltage
Instantaneous power off
F11.31 Power off voltage～100.0% 85.0% △
recovery voltage
Instantaneous power off
F11.32 0.01～10.00s 0.10s △
voltage detection time
Instantaneous power off
F11.33 0.1～100.0% 40.0% △
Kp
Instantaneous power off 0.00～10.00s （0.00: Integration
F11.34 0.10s △
integration time Ti invalid）
0: Disabled
Motor temperature sensor
F11.35 1: PT100 0 ×
type
2: PT1000
0: Disabled
Motor temperature sensor
F11.36 1: AO1 0 ×
current source port
2: AO2
0: Disabled
Motor temperature sensor 1: AI1
F11.37 0 ×
input channels 2: AI2
3: AI3
Motor temperature
F11.38 0～200 ℃ 90℃ △
warning action threshold
Motor temperature
F11.39 0～200 ℃ 110℃ △
protection action threshold
Group F12: Multi-Reference and Simple PLC Function
F12.00 Reference 0 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.01 Reference 1 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.02 Reference 2 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.03 Reference 3 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.04 Reference 4 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.05 Reference 5 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.06 Reference 6 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.07 Reference 7 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.08 Reference 8 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △

- 67 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
F12.09 Reference 9 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.10 Reference 10 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.11 Reference 11 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.12 Reference 12 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.13 Reference 13 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.14 Reference 14 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
F12.15 Reference 15 -100.0～100.0% 0.0% △
0: Digital setting（F12.00)
1: keypad potentiometer
2: AI1
F12.16 Reference 0 source 3: Process PID output 0 ×
4: X7/HI pulse input
5: AI2
6: AI3
Unit's place: PLC running mode
0: Stop after a single cycle
1: Continue to run with the last
frequency after a single cycle
2: Repeat cycles
Ten’s place: started mode
0: Continue to run from the step of
stop (or fault)
1: Run from the first step
“multi-step frequency 0”
Running mode of simple 2: Run from the eighth step
F12.17 0000 ×
PLC “multi-step frequency 8”
3: Run from the fifteenth step
“multi-step frequency 15”
Hundreds place:power loss
memory
0: Memory disabled on power loss
1: Memory enabled on power loss
Thousands place: unit of simple
PLC running time
0: Second (s)
1: Minute (min)
F12.18 Running time of step 0 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.19 Running time of step 1 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.20 Running time of step 2 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.21 Running time of step 3 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.22 Running time of step 4 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.23 Running time of step 5 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.24 Running time of step 6 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.25 Running time of step 7 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.26 Running time of step 8 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.27 Running time of step 9 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.28 Running time of step 10 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.29 Running time of step 11 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.30 Running time of step 12 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.31 Running time of step 13 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.32 Running time of step 14 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.33 Running time of step 15 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) △
F12.34 Acceleration/deceleration 0～3 0 △
- 68 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
time of simple PLC
reference 0
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.35 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 1
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.36 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 2
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.37 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 3
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.38 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 4
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.39 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 5
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.40 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 6
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.41 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 7
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.42 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 8
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.43 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 9
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.44 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 10
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.45 timeof simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 11
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.46 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 12
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.47 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 13
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.48 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 14
Acceleration/deceleration
F12.49 time of simple PLC 0～3 0 △
reference 15
Unit’place:Action selection when
power off
0:Zero clearing when power off
UP/DOWN function
1:Hold when power off
F12.50 selection of Multi- 00 ×
Ten’s place:select if it can be
reference
reduced to negative
0:Disable
1:Enable
UP/DOWN speed of
F12.51 0.0～100.0% (0.0%Invalid) 0.0% △
Multi-reference
Group F13 Process PID
- 69 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
0: F13.01 digital setting
1:keypad potentiometer
2: AI1
3: Communication
F13.00 PID setting 0 ×
4: Multi-Reference
5: DI7/HI pulse input
6: AI2
7: AI3
F13.01 PID digital setting 0.0～100.0% 50.0% △
0: AI1
1: AI2
2: Communication
3: AI1+AI2
F13.02 PID feedback 4: AI1-AI2 0 ×
5: Max{AI1，AI2}
6: Min{AI1，AI2}
7: DI7/HI pulse input
8: AI3
PID setting feedback
F13.03 0.0～6000.0 100.0 △
range
0: Forward action
F13.04 PID action direction 0 ×
1: Reverse action
Filtering time of PID
F13.05 0.000～10.000s 0.000s △
setting
Filtering time of PID
F13.06 0.000～10.000s 0.000s △
feedback
Filtering time of PID
F13.07 0.000～10.000s 0.000s △
output
F13.08 Proportional gain Kp1 0.0～100.0 1.0 △
F13.09 Integration time Ti1 0.01～10.00s 0.10s △
F13.10 Differential time Td1 0.000～10.000s 0.000s △
F13.11 Proportional gain Kp2 0.0～100.0 1.0 △
F13.12 Integration time Ti2 0.01～10.00s 0.10s △
F13.13 Differential time Td2 0.000～10.000s 0.000s △
0: No switch, determined by
parameters Kp1, Ti1 and Td1
F13.14 PID parameter switch 1: Auto switch on the basis of input 0 ×
offset
2: Switched by terminal
PID parameter switchover
F13.15 0.0～100.0% 20.0% ×
deviation 1
PID parameter switchover
F13.16 0.0～100.0% 80.0% ×
deviation 2
F13.17 PID offset limit 0.0～100.0% 0.0% ×
Unit's place (Whether to stop
integral operation when the output
reaches the limit)
0: Continue integral operation
F13.18 PID integral property 00 ×
1: Stop integral operation
Ten's place (Integral separated)
0: Invalid
1: Valid
F13.19 PID differential limit 0.0～100.0% 0.5% ×
F13.20 PID initial value 0.0～100.0% 0.0% ×

- 70 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Holding time of PID
F13.21 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s ×
initial value
PID output frequency lower limit～
PID output frequency
F13.22 100.0%（100.0% corresponds to 100.0% ×
upper limit
maximum frequency ）
PID output frequency –100.0%～PID output frequency
F13.23 0.0% ×
lower limit lower limit
Low value of PID feedback 0.1～100.0%
F13.24 0.0% ×
loss 0.0%: Not judging feedback loss
Detection time for low
F13.25 0.0～30.0s 1.0s ×
value of PID feedback loss
Unit’s place: PID operation
selection when stop
0:Do not operate when stop
1:Operate when stop
Ten’s place: output is limited by
output frequency
0:No limited
1:limited
Hundred’s place: UP/DOWN digital
given of PID
F13.26 PID operation selection 00000 ×
0:Zero clearing when power off
1:Hold when power off
Thousand’s place: PID feedback
loss detection when stop
0:Not detect when stop
1:detect when stop
Then thousand’s place: action for
PID feedback loss
0:Report fault
1:Ramp to stop
UP/DWON speed of PID
F13.27 0.0～100.0% (0.0% Invalid) 0.0% △
digital given
High value of PID 0.1～100.0%
F13.28 100.0% ×
feedback loss 0.0%: Not judging feedback loss
Detection time for high
F13.29 0.0～30.0s 1.0s ×
value of PID feedback loss
Group F14: Swing Frequency, Fixed Length , Wakeup and Count
0: Relative to the setting
Swing frequency setting frequency
F14.00 0 ×
mode 1: Relative to the maximum
frequency
Swing frequency
F14.01 0.0～100.0% 0.0% △
amplitude
F14.02 Jump frequency amplitude 0.0～50.0% 0.0% △
Rising Time of Swing
F14.03 0.0～6000.0s 5.0s △
frequency
Dropping Time of Swing
F14.04 0.0～6000.0s 5.0s △
frequency
F14.05 Set length 0m～65535m 1000m ×
Number of pulses per
F14.06 0.1～6553.5 100.0 ×
meter
Command when the 0: Not stop
F14.07 0 ×
length attained 1: Stop
F14.08 Set count value 1～65535 1000 ×
F14.09 Designated count value 1～65535 1000 ×
- 71 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Dormant frequency (F14.12)～
F14.10 Wakeup frequency 0.00Hz △
Fmax
F14.11 Wakeup delay time 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s △
F14.12 Dormant frequency 0.00～Wakeup frequency 0.00Hz △
F14.13 Dormant delay time 0.0～6000.0s 0.0s △
0: Frequency
F14.14 Wake up mode selection 0 ×
1: Pressure
0: Frequency
F14.15 Dormancy mode selection 0 ×
1: Pressure
Unit’s place: pressure feedback
0: AI1
1: AI2
2: DI7/HI pulse input
3: AI3
Ten’s place: pressure dormancy
F14.16 Voltage feedback source mode 0 ×
0:Positive direction, dormancy on
big pressure and wakeup on small
pressure
1:Negative direction, dormancy on
small pressure and wakeup on big
pressure
F14.17 Wake up pressure 0.0%～Dormancy pressure 10.0% △
F14.18 Dormancy pressure Wake up pressure～100.0% 50.0% △
Group F15: Communication Parameters
0: 4800bps
1: 9600bps
2: 19200bps
F15.00 Baud rate 1 ×
3: 38400bps
4: 57600bps
5: 115200bps
No check, data format (1-8-N-2) for
RTU
1: Even parity check, data format
(1-8-E-1) for RTU
F15.01 Data format 0 ×
2: Odd Parity check, data format
(1-8-O-1) for RTU
3: No check, data format(1-8-N-1)
for RTU
F15.02 Local address 1～247 0: Broadcast address 1 ×
F15.03 Communication timeout 0.0～60.0s 0.0s ×
F15.04 Response time delay 0～200ms 1ms ×
Master-slave 0:The inverter is the slave
F15.05 0 ×
Communication Mode 1:The inverter is the master
The Master 0: Set frequency
F15.06 Communication 0 ×
Sending Data 1: Current running frequency
Message return when 0: No return
F15.07 1
communication error 1: Return
0: Positive and negative
F15.08 U group return value 0 △
1: Absolute value
Group F16 Keys and Display of Keypad Parameters
0: No function
F16.00 MF.K key setting 1 ×
1: Jog
- 72 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
2: Forward/reverse switchover
3: Run command sources shifted
4: Jog reverse
Uini’s digit: Function selection of
STOP/RESET key
0: stop function of STOP/RESET
key is valid only in keyboard
operation mode
1: Stop function of STOP/RES key
is valid in any operation mode
Ten’s digit: Speed display（U00.05）
F16.01 Keyboard operation disply 001 ×
0: According to the actual speed
1: Multiply frequency by speed
coefficient(F16.11)
Hundred’s digit: Decimal places
0: No decimal places
1: One decimal places
2: Two decimal places
3: Three decimal places
0: Not locked
1: Full locked
2: Keys locked other than RUN,
F16.02 Keys locked option STOP/RST 0 ×
3: Keys locked other than
STOP/RST
4: Keys locked other than >>
LED displayed parameters 0～99(correspond U00.00～
F16.03 0 △
setting 1 on running status U00.99)
LED displayed parameters 0～99(correspond U00.00～
F16.04 6 △
setting 2 on running status U00.99)
LED displayed parameters 0～99(correspond U00.00～
F16.05 3 △
setting 3 on running status U00.99)
LED displayed parameters 0～99(correspond U00.00～
F16.06 2 △
setting 4 on running status U00.99)
LED displayed parameters 0～99(correspond U00.00～
F16.07 1 △
setting 1 on stop status U00.99)
LED displayed parameters 0～99(correspond U00.00～
F16.08 6 △
setting 2 on stop status U00.99)
LED displayed parameters 0～99(correspond U00.00～
F16.09 15 △
setting 3 on stop status U00.99)
LED displayed parameters 0～99(correspond U00.00～
F16.10 16 △
setting 4 on stop status U00.99)
F16.11 Speed display coefficient 0.00~100.00 1.00 △
F16.12 Power display coefficient 0.0~300.0% 100.0% △
The enable difference
F16.13 range of U00.00 and 0.00Hz~5.00Hz 0.10Hz △
U00.01
Group F17 User-defined Display Parameters
User-defined Display
F17.00 00.00～49.99 00.03 △
Parameter 0
User-defined Display
F17.01 00.00～49.99 01.01 △
Parameter 1
User-defined Display
F17.02 00.00～49.99 01.02 △
Parameter 2
User-defined Display
F17.03 00.00～49.99 01.08 △
Parameter 3
- 73 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
User-defined Display
F17.04 00.00～49.99 01.09 △
Parameter 4
User-defined Display
F17.05 00.00～49.99 02.00 △
Parameter 5
User-defined Display
F17.06 00.00～49.99 02.01 △
Parameter 6
User-defined Display
F17.07 00.00～49.99 02.12 △
Parameter 7
User-defined Display
F17.08 00.00～49.99 03.00 △
Parameter 8
User-defined Display
F17.09 00.00～49.99 03.01 △
Parameter 9
User-defined Display
F17.10 00.00～49.99 04.00 △
Parameter 10
User-defined Display
F17.11 00.00～49.99 04.01 △
Parameter 11
User-defined Display
F17.12 00.00～49.99 04.02 △
Parameter 12
User-defined Display
F17.13 00.00～49.99 04.03 △
Parameter 13
User-defined Display
F17.14 00.00～49.99 05.02 △
Parameter 14
User-defined Display
F17.15 00.00～49.99 08.01 △
Parameter 15
User-defined Display
F17.16 00.00～49.99 08.02 △
Parameter 16
User-defined Display
F17.17 00.00～49.99 08.03 △
Parameter 17
User-defined Display
F17.18 00.00～49.99 08.04 △
Parameter 18
User-defined Display
F17.19 00.00～49.99 08.05 △
Parameter 19
User-defined Display
F17.20 00.00～49.99 08.30 △
Parameter 20
User-defined Display
F17.21 00.00～49.99 11.10 △
Parameter 21
User-defined Display
F17.22 00.00～49.99 13.00 △
Parameter 22
User-defined Display
F17.23 00.00～49.99 13.01 △
Parameter 23
User-defined Display
F17.24 00.00～49.99 13.02 △
Parameter 24
User-defined Display
F17.25 00.00～49.99 13.08 △
Parameter 25
User-defined Display
F17.26 00.00～49.99 13.09 △
Parameter 26
User-defined Display
F17.27 00.00～49.99 00.00 △
Parameter 27
User-defined Display
F17.28 00.00～49.99 00.00 △
Parameter 28
User-defined Display
F17.29 00.00～49.99 00.00 △
Parameter 29
F22Group:Virtual IO
Function selection of
F22.00 The same as function code F04.00 0 ×
virtual VDI1 terminal
Function selection of
F22.01 The same as function code F04.00 0 ×
virtual VDI2 terminal
- 74 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Function selection of
F22.02 The same as function code F04.00 0 ×
virtual VDI3 terminal
Function selection of
F22.03 The same as function code F04.00 0 ×
virtual VDI4 terminal
Function selection of
F22.04 The same as function code F04.00 0 ×
virtual VDI5 terminal
（VDI5、VDI4、VDI3、VDI2、VDI1）

0:Validity of VDI depends on virual

Valid status setting mode
F22.05 VDOx’s status 00000 ×
of virtual VDI terminals
1:Validity of VDI set by function
code F22.06
（VDI5、VDI4、VDI3、VDI2、VDI1）
Settings of virtual VDI
F22.06 0: Invalid 00000 △
terminal status
1: Valid
0 : Internal short circuited to
Function selection of
physics DIx
F22.07 virtual VDO1 terminals 0 △
Other: The same as function code
output
F05.00
0 : Internal short circuited to
Function selection of
physics DIx
F22.08 virtual VDO2 terminals 0 △
Other: The same as function code
output
F05.00
0 : Internal short circuited to
Function selection of
physics DIx
F22.09 virtual VDO3 terminals 0 △
Other: The same as function code
output
F05.00
0 : Internal short circuited to
Function selection of
physics DIx
F22.10 virtual VDO4 terminals 0 △
Other: The same as function code
output
F05.00
0 : Internal short circuited to
Function selection of
physics DIx
F22.11 virtual VDO5 terminals 0 △
Other: The same as function code
output
F05.00
Virtual VDO1 output delay
F22.12 0.0s~6000.0s 0.0s △
time
Virtual VDO2 output delay
F22.13 0.0s~6000.0s 0.0s △
time
Virtual VDO3 output delay
F22.14 0.0s~6000.0s 0.0s △
time
Virtual VDO4 output delay
F22.15 0.0s~6000.0s 0.0s △
time
Virtual VDO5 output delay
F22.16 0.0s~6000.0s 0.0s △
time
VDO output terminal VDO5、VDO4、VDO3、VDO2、VDO1
F22.17 positive and negative 0: Positive logic 00000 △
logic 1: Negative logic
Group U00 Status Monitoring
U00.00 Running frequency 0.00～Fup 0.00Hz ⊙
U00.01 Set frequency 0.00～Fmax 0.00Hz ⊙
U00.02 Output voltage 0～660V 0.0V ⊙
U00.03 Output current 0.0～3000.0A 0.0A ⊙
U00.04 Output power -3000.0～3000.0kW 0.0kW ⊙
U00.05 Estimated Motor 0～60000rpm 0rpm ⊙

- 75 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Speed
U00.06 Bus voltage 0～1200V 0V ⊙
U00.07 Synchronous Frequency 0.00～Fup 0.00Hz ⊙
U00.08 PLC step 1～15 1 ⊙
U00.09 Program Operation Time 0.0～6000.0s(h) 0.0s(h) ⊙
U00.10 PID set 0～60000 0 ⊙
U00.11 PID feedback 0～60000 0 ⊙
Status of DI1～DI5 digital
U00.12 DI5 DI4 DI3 DI2 DI1 00000 ⊙
input terminal
Status of DI6～DI7 digital
U00.13 DI7 DI6 00 ⊙
input terminal
Status of digital output
U00.14 R2 R1 Y2 Y1 0000 ⊙
terminal
U00.15 AI1 input 0.0～100.0% 0.0% ⊙
U00.16 AI2 input 0.0～100.0% 0.0% ⊙
U00.17 AI3 input -100.0～100.0% 0.0% ⊙
Keypad potentiometer
U00.18 0.0～100.0% 0.0% ⊙
input
U00.19 HI input 0.00～100.00kHz 0.00kHz ⊙
U00.20 AO1 output 0.0～100.0% 0.0% ⊙
U00.21 AO2 output 0.0～100.0% 0.0% ⊙
U00.22 HO output 0.00～100.00kHz 0.00kHz ⊙
U00.23 Temperature of inverter -40.0℃～120.0℃ 0.0℃ ⊙
Accumulative power-on
U00.24 0～65535min 0min ⊙
time
U00.25 Accumulative running time 0～6553.5min 0.0min ⊙
Cumulative power-on
U00.26 0～65535h 0h ⊙
time
U00.27 Cumulative running time 0～65535h 0h ⊙
U00.28 Count value 0～65535 0 ⊙
U00.29 Length value 0～65535m 0m ⊙
U00.30 Linear speed 0～65535m/min 0m/Min
U00.31 Output torque 0.0～300.0% 0.0% ⊙
PTC motor temperature
U00.32 -40℃～200℃ 0℃ ⊙
detection
Speed that detected by
U00.33 0～60000rpm 0rpm ⊙
encoder
Monitoring of encoder line
U00.34 0～65535 0 ⊙
number
U00.35 Power consumption 0～65535kWh 0kWh ⊙
U00.36 VDI1～VDI5 input status VDI5 VDI4 VDI3 VDI2 VDI1 00000 ⊙
VDO1～VDO5output
U00.37 VDO5 VDO4 VDO3 VDO2 VDO1 00000 ⊙
status
Group U01 Fault Record
Err00: No fault
Err01: Accel overcurrent
Err02: Decel overcurrent
Err03: Constant-speed overcurrent
U01.00 Code of the latest fault Err04: Accel overvoltage 0 ⊙
Err05: Decel overvoltage
Err06: Constant-speed overvoltage
Err07: Bus undervoltage
Err08: Short circuit
- 76 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Err09: Power input phase loss
Err10: Power output phase loss
Err11: Motor overload
Err12: Inverter overload
Err13: External equipment fault
Err14: Module overheat
Err15: EEPROM read/write fault
Err16: Motor auto-tuning cancelled
Err17: Motor auto-tuning fault
Err18: Communication overtime
Error
Err19: PID feedback loss
Err20: Continuous running time
Reached
Err21: Parameter upload fault
Err22: Parameter download fault
Err23: Braking unit fault
Err24: Module temperature
detection disconnection
Err25: Load becoming 0
Err26: With-wave current limit fault
Err27: Inverter soft-start relay is off
Err28: EEPROM version is not
compatible
Err29: Instantaneous overcurrent
Err30: Instantaneous overvoltage
Err39: PTC motor temperature too
high
Err40: Setting operation time ends
Running frequency
U01.01 when the latest fault 0.00～Fup 0.00Hz ⊙
occurred
Output current when the
U01.02 0.0～3000.0A 0.0A ⊙
latest fault occurred
Bus voltage when the
U01.03 0～1200V 0V ⊙
latest fault occurred
Cumulative running time
U01.04 when the latest fault 0～65535h 0h ⊙
occurred
U01.05 Code of previous fault Same as U01.00 0 ⊙
Running frequency
U01.06 when previous fault 0.00～Fup 0.00Hz ⊙
occurred
Output current when
U01.07 0.0～3000.0A 0.0A ⊙
previous fault occurred
Bus voltage when
U01.08 0～1200V 0V ⊙
previous fault occurred
Cumulative running time
U01.09 when previous fault 0～65535h 0h ⊙
occurred
Before-previous fault
U01.10 Same as U01.00 0 ⊙
code
Running frequency
U01.11 when before-previous 0.00～Fup 0.00Hz ⊙
fault occurred
U01.12 Output current when 0.0～3000.0A 0.0A ⊙

- 77 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
before-previous fault
occurred
Bus voltage when
U01.13 before-previous fault 0～1200V 0V ⊙
occurred
Cumulative running time
U01.14 when before-previous 0～65535h 0h ⊙
fault occurred
Previous 3 categories of
U01.15 The same with U01.00 Err00 ⊙
faults
Previous 4 categories of
U01.16 The same with U01.00 Err00 ⊙
faults
Previous 5 categories of
U01.17 The same with U01.00 Err00 ⊙
faults
Previous 6 categories of
U01.18 The same with U01.00 Err00 ⊙
faults
Previous 7 categories of
U01.19 The same with U01.00 Err00 ⊙
faults
Previous 8 categories of
U01.20 The same with U01.00 Err00 ⊙
faults
Previous 9 categories of
U01.21 The same with U01.00 Err00 ⊙
faults
Previous 10 categories of
U01.22 The same with U01.00 Err00 ⊙
faults
Previous 11 categories of
U01.23 The same with U01.00 Err00 ⊙
faults
Previous 12 categories of
U01.24 The same with U01.00 Err00 ⊙
faults
Previous 13 categories of
U01.25 The same with U01.00 Err00 ⊙
faults

- 78 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Chapter 6 Specification of Parameters

Group F00 System Parameters

F00.00 Setting of user password Range: 0～65535 Default: 0
Setting of password:
A number greater than 100 could be set as a user password by entering this password into F00.00
and pressing ENT key to confirm once, the password setting will take effect as long as there is
no operation on keypad within 2 minutes, or cutting the power off and power up again . After a
password has been set and taken effect, you must enter the correct password in order to enter the
menu. If the entered password is incorrect you cannot view or modify parameters.
Change password:
Access F00.00 after entering the original password (at this point, F00.00 displays setting of user
password) and set the new password following the above-noted procedure.
Password clearance:
Access F00.00 after entering the original password (at this point, F00.00 displays setting of user
password); F00.00 is set to 0 and press ENT key to make confirmation. In this way, password is
successfully cleared and the password protection function is disabled.

F00.01 Display of parameters Range: 0～2 Default: 0

0: Display all parameters
1: Only display F00.00, F00.01 and user-defined parameters
2: Only display F00.00, F00.01 and the parameters different with factory default
F00.02 Parameter protection Range: 0～1 Default: 0
0: All parameter programming allowed
1: Only this parameter programming allowed
F00.03 G/P type display Range: 0～1 Default: 0
0: G type (constant torque load)
1: P type (variable torque load e.g. fan and pump)
F00.04 Parameter initialization Range:0～6 Default: 0
0: No operation
1: Restore all parameters to factory default (excluding motor parameters)
If F00.04 is set to 1, most function codes are restored to the default settings except motor
parameters, fault records, accumulative running time, and accumulative power-on time.
2: Clear fault record
If F00.04 is set to 2, all fault record of Group U01 will be cleared.
3: Back up current user parameters
If F00.04 is set to 3, the current parameter settings are backed up, helping you to restore the
setting if incorrect parameter setting is performed.
4: Restore all parameters to backup parameters
If F00.04 is set to 4, the previous backup user parameters are restored.
5: Restore factory default (include motor parameters)
The same as function 1, but this include motor parameters
6: Power consumption zero clearing
After setting F00.04 as 6, U00.35 parameter cleared to zero
F00.05 Copy of parameter Range:0～3 Default: 0
0: No operation
1: Upload all parameters other than Group U to UP/DOWNLOAD
2: Download all parameters of UP/DOWNLOAD other than F08～F09 to drive
3: Download all parameters of UP/DOWNLOAD to drive
*: UP/DOWNLOAD is optional parts
F00.06 Parameter editing mode Range:0～2 Default: 0
0: Editable via keypad and RS485
1: Editable via keypad
2: Editable via RS485

- 79 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
F00.08 Motor 1 control mode Range:0～2 Default:1
0: V/f control
Constant voltage&frequency ratio control. Applicable to such cases in which the performance
Requirement to the drive is not rigorous, or using one drive to drive several motors, or it is difficult to
identify motor parameters correctly, etc. When motor 1 under V/f control is selected, need to set
related parameters Group F09 well.
1: Sensor-less vector control 1
This helps achieve high-performance control without encoder and provides strong adaptability of
load. Under this selection, please correctly set parameters Group F08 and F09.
2: Sensor-less vector control 2
This helps achieve high-performance control without encoder. This control technique is superior
to sensor-less vector control 1. Under this selection, please correctly set motor parameters of Group
F08 and vector control parameters of Group F10.
F00.09 DI7/HI input mode Range:0～1 Default: 0
0: Digital input terminal 7
1: Pulse input
F00.10 AI1\AI2\AI3 input mode Range:000～111 Default: 0
Unit's place: AI1
0: Analog input
1: Digital input
Decade: AI2 (same as AI1)
Hundreds place: AI3 (same as AI1)
F00.11 Y2/HO input mode Range:0～1 Default: 0
0: Digital 0utput terminal 2
1: Pulse output
F00.12 PWM optimization Range:000～123 Default:000
Unit's place: PWM modulation mode
0: Fixed carrier
Carrier of inverter is a fixed value set by F00.13.
1: Random carrier
Inverter carrier will vary with output frequency in linear variation. Upper/Lower carrier frequencies
are under control of F00.14 and F00.15.
2: Derating of fixed carrier
Inverter can adjust carrier value based on F00.12, carrier temperature and carrier current,
protecting itself against overtemperature.
3: Derating of random carrier
Inverter can adjust carrier value based on random carrier, carrier temperature and carrier current,
protecting itself against overtemperature.
Decade: PWM modulation mode
0: Seven-segment mode
1: Five-segment mode
2: Five-segment and seven-segment automatic switchover
This selection is valid only for V/f control. When five-segment mode is selected, the drive has low
temperature rise but relatively higher output current harmonic. Under seven-segment mode, it has
relatively higher temperature rise but lower output current harmonic. Under SVC pattern, PWM is
seven-segment mode.
Hundreds place: over-modulation adjustment
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
At low grid voltage or long-term heavy-duty operation, over-modulation can improve the voltage
utilization and enhance the maximum voltage output capacity of the drive. This parameter takes effect
only for V/f control, while over-modulation is enabled all the time under SVC pattern.
Default: Model
F00.13 Carrier frequency Range:0.700～16.000kHz
defined
At lower carrier frequency, output current of the drive produces higher harmonics, motor loss
increases, and temperature and motor noise rise, but drive temperature, drive leakage current, and
drive interference to external devices are lower or less.

- 80 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
With higher carrier frequency, drive temperature will rise, drive leakage current is bigger, and
drive interference to external devices is bigger. However, motor loss and noise will be lower, and
motor temperature will drop.
The table below specifies the setting range and factory default of PWM carrier frequency of the
drives at different power ratings:
Power rating of the
Range Default
inverter
≤15kW 0.700k～16.000k 4.000k
18.5kW～45kW 0.700k～8.000k 4.000k
55kW～75kW 0.700k～6.000k 3.000k
≥90kW 0.700k～3.000k 2.000k
PWM carrier frequency setting method:
1) When the motor line is too long, reduce carrier frequency.
2) When torque at low speed is unstable, reduce carrier frequency.
3) If the drive produces severe interference to surrounding equipment, reduce carrier frequency.
4) Leakage current of the drive is big, reduce carrier frequency.
5) Drive temperature rise is relatively high, reduce carrier frequency.
6) Motor temperature rise is relatively high, increase carrier frequency.
7) Motor noise is relatively big, increase carrier frequency.
ATTENTION:
Increasing carrier frequency can reduce motor noise and heat, but it will increase temperature of
inverter. When the carrier frequency is higher than the default, inverter rated power shall be decreased
by 5% for every additional 1 kHz carrier frequency.
F00.14 Upper carrier frequency Range:0.700～16.000kHz Default:8.000 kHz
F00.15 Lower carrier frequency Range:0.700～16.000kHz Default:2.000 kHz
Inverter carrier will vary with output frequency in linear variation. Upper/Lower carrier frequencies
are under control of F00.14 and F00.15.
F00.16 Output voltage Range:5.0～150.0% Default:150.0%
Adjust the percentage of output voltage to input voltage.
F00.17 AVR Range:0～2 Default: 1
0: Disabled
1: Always be valid
Output voltage of inverter adjust automatically according to fluctuation of the bus voltage,to keep
output voltage constant.
2: Invalid when deceleration
AVR is invalid in the process of deceleraion。
F00.18 Fan control Range:0～1 Default:1
After power is on, the fan runs per the control mode after running for 2 minutes regardless of the
working status of inverter.
0: The fan runs directly after inverter is power-on.
1: the fan works when the AC drive is in running state. When the AC drive stops, the cooling fan
works if the heat sink temperature is higher than 42°C, and stops working if the heat sink temperature
is lower than 38°C.
F00.19 Factory password Range:0～65535 Default: 0
Factory parameter
Default: Model
F00.20 Inverter rated power Range:0.2～1000.0kW
defined
Default: Model
F00.21 Inverter rated voltage Range:220～380V
defined
Default: Model
F00.22 Inverter rated current Range:0.1～1500.0A
defined
Default: Model
F00.23 Software version Range:0.01～99.99
defined
The parameters are only for reference and cannot be edited.
F00.24 Dealer password Range: 0～65535 Default: 0
F00.25 Setting operation time Range: 0～65535h(0: Default: 0
- 81 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Invaild)
When total running time ≥F00.25, inverter will not work. When setting F00.24, need to unlock
F00.24 dealer passport, after time setting, need to input dealer passport to lock.
★: Setting this parameter may cause that the inverter can’t work normally, please set carefully.

Group F01 Frequency command

Switched by
Terminal UP/DOWN terminal Switched by
terminal
0
+
Master frequency
source
Command frequency

Auxiliary 1
frequency source
2
+ Jog
frequency
3
-

4
Max

5
Min

+
6
x
AI1

+
x 7
AI2

Fig. 6-1
Frequency source
F01.00 Range:0～7 Default: 0
selection
0: Master frequency source
The frequency source is determined by master frequency source F01.01.
1: Auxiliary frequency source
The frequency source is determined by auxiliary frequency source F01.03.
2: Master + Auxiliary
The frequency source is determined by Master + Auxiliary.
3: Master - Auxiliary
The frequency source is determined by Master - Auxiliary.
4: MAX {Master, Auxiliary}
The frequency source is determined by MAX {Master, Auxiliary}.
5: MIN {Master, Auxiliary}
The frequency source is determined by MIN {Master, Auxiliary}.
6: AI1 ( Master + Auxiliary)
The frequency source is determined by AI1*(Master + Auxiliary).
7: AI2 ( Master + Auxiliary)
The frequency source is determined by AI2*(Master + Auxiliary).
F01.01 Master frequency source selection Range:0～9 Default:1
0: Digital setting (F01.02)
When the inverter is powered on, the value of F01.02 is taken as the master frequency source.
1: Keypad potentiometer
2: Analog input AI1
AI1 and AI2 are (0～10V) voltage input and (0～20mA) current input programmable. Voltage or
current input can be selected through toggle switches AI1 and AI2 on control board.
When using external voltage/current analog input to the drive, the connection diagram is shown
as Fig. 6-2:

- 82 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Analog input AI1

AI1
Analog
input AI2
AI2
Inverter

GND

Fig. 6-2
If 10V power supply inside the drive is used with potentiometer, the connection diagram is shown
as Fig. 6-3. Note that the toggle switch should be switched to voltage input side.

+10V

AI(i) Adjustable
Inverter (i=1,2) resistor

GND

Fig. 6-3
3: Communication
Upper computer is the master frequency command source of the drive through standard RS485
communication interface on the drive. Refer to Group F15 and appendix on this manual for further
information aboutcommunication protocol, and programming, etc.
4: Multi-reference
In multi-reference mode, combinations of different DI terminal states correspond to different set
frequencies. The FR200 supports a maximum of 16 speeds implemented by 16 state combinations of
four DI terminals (allocated with functions 13 to 16) in Group F04. The multiple references indicate
percentages of the value of F01.08 (Maximum frequency).
If a DI terminal is used for the multi-reference function, you need to perform related setting in
group F04.
5: PLC
Master frequency command is determined by simple PLC. See parameter Group F12 for details.
6: Process PID output
Master frequency command is determined by process closed-loop PID computation result. See
parameter Group F13 for details.
7: DI7/HI pulse input
If this parameter value selected, command frequency will be determined by pulse frequency input
via terminal DI7/HI only. In such a case, F00.09 should be set to 1. Corresponding relation between
pulse frequency and command frequency is specified in F06.32～F06.35.
8: AI2
Master frequency command is determined by analog input AI2.
- 83 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
9: AI3
Master frequency command is determined by analog input AI3.
Digital setting of master
F01.02 Range:0.00～FmaxHz Default:50.00Hz
frequency
When master frequency source selection F01.01 is set to 1, this parameter value will be the initial
value of master frequency command.
Auxiliary frequency command
F01.03 Range:0～9 Default: 0
source
0: Digital setting (F01.04)
When the inverter is powered on, the value of F01.02 is taken as the master frequency source.
1: Keypad potentiometer
Auxiliary frequency command is determined by keypad potentiometer.
2: Analog input AI1
Auxiliary frequency command is determined by analog input AI1.
3: Communication
Upper computer is the auxiliary frequency command source of the drive through standard RS485
communication interface on the drive.
4: Multi-reference
Auxiliary frequency command is determined by multi-reference. See parameter Group F04 for
details.
5: PLC
Auxiliary frequency command is determined by simple PLC. See parameter Group F12 for details.
6: Process PID output
Auxiliary frequency command is determined by process PID computation result. See parameter
Group F13 for details.
7: DI7/HI pulse input
Auxiliary frequency command is determined by DI7/HI pulse input.
8: AI2
Auxiliary frequency command is determined by analog input AI2.
9: AI3
Auxiliary frequency command is determined by analog input AI3.
Digital setting of auxiliary
F01.04 Range:0.00～Fmax Default:50.00Hz
frequency
When auxiliary frequency command F01.03 is set to 0, this parameter value should be the initial
value of auxiliary frequency command.
F01.05 Range of auxiliary frequency Range:0～1 Default: 0
0: Relative to maximum frequency
1: Relative to master frequency
See F01.06 specification for details.
F01.06 Coeff of auxiliary frequency Range:0.0～150.0% Default:100.0%
F01.05 and F01.06 will determine the final output value of auxiliary frequency command.
When F01.05 is set to 0 (relative to maximum frequency):
The auxiliary frequency= the auxiliary frequency F01.06.
When F01.05 is set to 1 (relative to master frequency):
The setting range of the auxiliary frequency varies according to the master frequency.
The auxiliary frequency= the auxiliary frequency F01.06a bs
F01.07 Jog frequency Range:0.00～Fmax Default:5.00Hz
This parameter sets the running frequency during jog.
F01.08 Maximum frequency Range:20.00～600.00 Default:50.00Hz
Maximum frequency of F01.08 is the maximum allowable output frequency of drive.
F01.09 Upper limit frequency Range:Fdown～Fmax Default:50.00Hz
F01.10 Lower limit frequency Range:0.00～Fup Default:0.00Hz
F01.09upper limit frequency is the user-defined maximum allowable running frequency; F01.10
lower limit frequency is user-defined minimum allowable running frequency.
ATTENTION:
1. Fup and Fdown shall be set as per motor nameplate parameters and working conditions. Motor
shall not work in low frequency for a long time. Otherwise, motor service lifespan will be shortened due
- 84 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
to overheating.
2. Correlation of Fmax, Fup and Fdown: 0.00Hz ≤Fdown ≤Fup≤Fmax ≤600.00Hz
Operation when command
F01.11 frequency lower than lower Range:0～1 Default: 0
limit frequency
Lower limit frequency
F01.12 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s
running time
0: Run at lower limit frequency
In case command frequency is lower than lower limit frequency, the running should be at lower
limit frequency.
1: Run at 0 Hz would be activated after the time delay
If frequency command is lower than lower limit frequency, run at 0 Hz would be activated after the
time delay set by F01.12. When lower limit frequency is 0, this limitation is invalid.
Up to this frequency, start Range: 0.00～
F01.13 Default: 50.00Hz
frequency compensation 600.00Hz
Frequency compensation per
F01.14 Range: 0.00～50.00Hz Default: 0.00Hz
50Hz
When frequency exceeded the value set by function code F01.13,output frequency will scale up
the values that set by F01.14 for each exceeding 50Hz

Group F02 Start/Stop Control Start/Stop Control

F02.00 Run command Range:0～2 Default: 0
This parameter sets run command source. Run commands include "start, stop, forward ，
reverse，jog", etc.
0: Keypad control (LED off)
Control run command through RUN, STOP/RESET and MF.K keys on keypad (set multifunction
key MF.K to JOG by F16.00). Refer to Chapter 4 about the operation of keypad.
1: Terminal control (LED on)
Controls run command via DI terminals. Perform FORWARD and REVERSE by DI terminals. The
control modes are two-wire mode and three-wire mode selectable. See Group F04 for details of
designation and wiring regulation of DI terminals.
2: Communication control (LED blinking)
Master device is able to control run command through built-in RS485 serial communication
interface of drive. Refer to parameters Group F15 and appendix for further information about
programming.
Run command from keypad, terminals and communication can be switched by terminals "run
command switched to keypad control", "run command switched to terminal control" and "run command
switched to communication control".
Multifunction key MF.K can be set to "run command sources shifted" key through parameter
F16.00. When MF key is pressed under this setting; run command will be shifted during keypad control,
terminal control and communication control circularly.
F02.01 Running direction Range:0～1 Default: 0
0: Forward
1: Reverse
You can change the rotation direction of the motor just by modifying this parameter without
changing the motor wiring. Modifying this parameter is equivalent to exchanging any two of the motor's
U, V, W wires.
Note:
The motor will resume running in the original direction after parameter initialization. Do not use
this function in applications where changing the rotating direction of the motor is prohibited after
system commissioning is complete.
F02.02 Reverse-proof action Range:0～1 Default: 0
0: Reverse enabled
1: Reverse disabled
In some applications, reverse is likely to result in equipment damage. This parameter is used to
prevent reverse running.
F02.03 Dead time of forward and Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s
- 85 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
reverse
The dead time with 0Hz output during the transition from forward to reverse, or from reverse to forward. As shown
in Fig. 6-4.

Output frequency(Hz)

Time（S）

Dead time of forward Dead time of forward

and reverse and reverse
Fig. 6-4
F02.04 Start mode Range:000～111 Default: 000
Unit’s place:
0: From start frequency
If the DC braking time（F02.08） is set to 0, the AC drive starts to run at the startup
frequency(F02.05) and keeps this frequency for a period of time set by F02.06, and then accelerated
to command frequency in accordance with the accel method and time..
If the DC braking time （F02.08）is not 0, the AC drive performs DC braking first and then starts to
run at the startup frequency. It is applicable to small-inertia load application where the motor is likely to
rotate at startup.
1: Rotational speed tracking restart
The AC drive judges the rotational speed and direction of the motor first and then starts at the
tracked frequency. Such smooth start has no impact on the rotating motor. It is applicable to the restart
upon instantaneous power failure of large-inertia load. To ensure the performance of rotational speed
tracking restart, set the motor parameters correctly.
Ten’s digit: Grounding short circuit detection
0: No grounding short circuit detection
No grounding short circuit detection
1: Grounding shourt-circuit detection before the first start
After inverter power on,when first time receved running command,before running, inverter
automatically starts grounding short-circuit detection on output terminal,if there are short circuit faults
between inverter’s output terminal and ground,inverter will alarm Err44 fault.
2: Grounding short-circuit detection before each start
Inverter automatically starts grounding short circuit detection on output terminal before each
start,if there are short circuit faults between output terminal of inverter an ground,inverter will alarm
Err44 fault。
Hundred’s digit: Track direction
0: Track from zero speed
Under the speed tracking restart mode, when start, inverter track the current speed of motor
slowly from zero to max frequency
1: Track from max frequency
Under the speed tracking restart mode,when start,inverter track current speed of motor slowly
from max frequency to zero
Thousand’s digit: Jog command firstly act
0:When nomal start and Jog start command comes simultaneously, normal start act firstly;
1:When nomal start and Jog start command comes simultaneously, Jog start act firstly;
F02.05 Start frequency Range:0.00～10.00Hz Default:0.00Hz
F02.06 Startup frequency holding time Range:0.0～100.0s Default:0.0s
To ensure the motor torque at AC drive startup, set a proper startup frequency. In addition, to build
excitation when the motor starts up, the startup frequency must be held for a certain period.
The startup frequency (F02.05) is not restricted by the frequency lower limit. If the set target
frequency is lower than the startup frequency, the AC drive will not start and stays in the standby state.

- 86 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
During switchover between forward rotation and reverse rotation, the startup frequency holding
time is disabled. The holding time is not included in the acceleration time but in the running time of
simple PLC.
F02.07 Startup DC braking current Range:0.0～150.0% Default:0.0
F02.08 Startup DC braking time Range:0.0～100.0s Default:0.0
Startup DC braking is generally used during restart of the AC drive after the rotating motor stops.
Pre-excitation is used to make the AC drive build magnetic field for the asynchronous motor before
startup to improve the responsiveness.
Startup DC braking is valid only for direct start (f02.05 = 0). In this case, the AC drive performs DC
braking at the set startup DC braking current. After the startup DC braking time, the AC drives starts to
run. If the startup DC braking time is 0, the AC drives starts directly without DC braking. The larger the
startup DC braking current is, the larger the braking force is.
F02.09 Speed search current Range:0.0～180.0 Default:130.0%
100% corresponds to rated current of the drive. When output current of drive is less than this
parameter value, it will be deemed that the output frequency of drive has been kept in step with motor
speed and the search action finished.
F02.10 Sped search decel time Range:0.0～10.0 Default:1.0s
This parameter sets the output frequency Decel time of speed search action. This time means the
time required for Decel from maximum frequency to 0.The shorter the speed search Decel time is, the
faster the search will be. However, excessively rapid search may bring about inaccuracy of search
result.
F02.11 Sped search coefficient Range:0.01～5.00 Default:0.30
Sped search coefficient
F02.12 Stop method Range:0～1 Default: 0
0: Ramp to stop
Upon the receipt of stop command, drive will gradually decrease output frequency according to
the set Decel time, and stop when frequency attains 0.
1: Coast to stop
Upon the receipt of stop command, drive will immediately lock the output and the motor will stop
with its mechanical inertia.
Initial frequency of stop DC
F02.13 Range:0.00～50.00Hz Default:2.00Hz
braking
F02.14 Stop DC braking current Range:0.0～150.0% Default:0.0%
Waiting time of stop DC
F02.15 Range:0.0～30.0s Default:0.0s
braking
F02.16 Stop DC braking time Range:0.0～30.0s Default:0.0s
Initial frequency of stop DC braking:
During the process of decelerating to stop, the AC drive starts DC braking when the running
frequency is lower than the value set in F02.13.
Stop DC braking current:
This parameter specifies the output current at DC braking and is a percentage relative to the base
value.
If the rated motor current is less than or equal to 80% of the rated AC drive current, the base value
is the rated motor current.
If the rated motor current is greater than 80% of the rated AC drive current, the base value is 80%
of the rated AC drive current.
Waiting time of stop DC braking:
When the running frequency decreases to the initial frequency of stop DC braking, the
AC drive stops output for a certain period and then starts DC braking. This prevents faults such as
over current caused due to DC braking at high speed.
Stop DC braking time:
This parameter specifies the holding time of DC braking. If it is set to 0, DC braking is cancelled.
ATTENTION:
If there is a DC brake signal of external terminal at stop, then the DC brake time takes the bigger
value between the active time of the terminal and the setting time of F02.16.

The stop DC braking process is shown in the following figure.

- 87 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Figure 6-5 Stop DC braking process
Output frequency(Hz)

Initial frequency of stop

DC braking
Time（S）

Waiting time of stop

DC braking

Output voltage
RMS
Time（S）

Stop DC braking
Run command time
Fig. 6-5
F02.17 Dynamic brake Range:0～3 Default: 0
When dynamic brake is enabled, the electric energy generated during Decel shall be converted
into heat energy consumed by brake resistor, so as to attain rapid Decel. This brake method applies to
brake of high-inertia load or the situations that require quick stop. In such a case, it is necessary to
select appropriate dynamic brake resistor and break unit. The AC drives equal and below 30kW is
provided with a standard built-in brake unit. Built-in brake unit is optional for AC drive 37kW～75kW.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Enabled at running
3: Enabled at deceleration
F02.18 Voltage of dynamic brake Range: 480～800V Default: 700V
This parameter takes effect only to the drives with built-in brake unit.
When bus voltage of AC drive attains the value of F02.18, dynamic brake shall perform. The
energy shall be rapidly consumed through brake resistor. This value is used to regulate the brake
effect of brake unit.
F02.19 Brake use ratio Range:5.0～100.0% Default:100.0%
It is valid only for the AC drive with internal braking unit and used to adjust the duty ratio of the
braking unit. The larger the value of this parameter is, the better the braking result will be. However,
too larger value causes great fluctuation of the AC drive bus voltage during the braking process.
F02.20 0Hz Output selection Range: 0～1 Default: 0
0: No voltage output
1: Voltage output
F02.21 Auto-start of power-on again Range: 0～1 Default: 0
Waiting time between
F02.22 auto-start and power-on Range: 0.0～10.0s Default: 0.5s
again
Auto-start of power on again:
0:Invalid,after power off and power on again,inverter can’t run before receiving running
command。
When running on keyboard control or RS485 communication control,inverter will automatically
clear running commands when power off。
When running on external terminal control , when power-off and then power on , no matter what
value the function code F02.21 set, control commands of external terminal（FWD/REV) is valid .
Inverter will run automatically according to starting mode that set before.
1: Valid
If inverter is in running condition before power-off, when power on again, after waiting time (set by
- 88 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
F02.22), inverter will start automatically . The inverter will not accept run command within the waiting
time between power off and restart, but in the meantime if input stop comand, inverter will clear
restarting condition.
Attention: Power on again and auto-restart function can make inverter start running automatically
after restoring the power. So, cause it’s big occasionality, please be careful to adopt this function for
personal and equipment’s safety.

Group F03 Accel/Decel Parameters

F03.00 Accel time 1 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:15.0s
F03.01 Decel time 1 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:15.0s
F03.02 Accel time 2 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:15.0s
F03.03 Decel time 2 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:15.0s
F03.04 Accel time 3 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:15.0s
F03.05 Decel time 3 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:15.0s
F03.06 Accel time 4 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:15.0s
F03.07 Decel time 4 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:15.0s
Accel time means required time for drive to Accelerate to maximum frequency F01.08 from zero
frequency, while Decel time refers to the time required for drive to Decelerate to zero frequency from
maximum frequency F01.08.
These four types of Accel/Decel time can be selected through the ON/OFF combination of
DI terminals" Accel/Decel time determinant 1" and "Accel/Decel time determinant 2". See the following
table.
Accel/Decel time Accel/Decel time
Accel/Decel time
determinant 2 determinant 1
OFF OFF Accel/Decel time 1（F03.00、F03.01）
OFF ON Accel/Decel time 2（F03.02、F03.03）
ON OFF Accel/Decel time 3（F03.04、F03.05）
ON ON Accel/Decel time 4（F03.06、F03.07）

F03.08 Jog accel time Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:15.0s

F03.09 Jog decel time Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:15.0s
F03.08 and F03.09 set the rate of Accel/Decel of Jog, similar with F03.00～F03.07.
F03.10 Accel/Decele curve Range:0～1 Default: 0
Initial segment time of
F03.11 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s
acceleration of S curve
End segment time of
F03.15 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s
acceleration of S curve
Initial segment time of
F03.16 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s
deceleration of S curve
End segment time of
F03.17 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s
deceleration of S curve
0: Linear Accel/Decel
Accel/Decel is in linear mode.
1: S-curve Accel/Decel
The 1st section and the last section in accelerating or decelerating are in smooth transition. The
acceleration/deceleration curve is similar to S curve. When it is in S curve, the final
acceleration/deceleration time= S curve time+ Linear acceleration/deceleration time. See Figure 6-13
for 2 acceleration/deceleration modes.
See Figure 6-6 for 2 acceleration/deceleration modes.

- 89 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Output frequency(Hz)
Fmax

Fset

0
① ② ③ ④ T

⑤ ⑥
Setting acceleration Setting
time deceleration time
①F03.11 ④F03.17
②F03.15 ⑤Setting acceleration time
③F03.16 ⑥Setting deceleration time
Figure 6-6
unit of 0: 0.1s
F03.12 acceleration and decelerat 0 ×
1: 0.01s
ion time
This function is used to select unit of acceleration and deceleration time.
0: 0.1s
All the unit of acceleration and deceleration time is 0.1s, the function code decimal point of 4
section acceleration and deceleration time（F03.00~F03.07), jog acceleration and deceleration time, 4
section S-curve time（F03.11、F03.15~F03.17) is one.
1: 0.01s
All the unit of acceleration and deceleration time is 0.01s, the function code decimal point of 4
section acceleration and deceleration time（F03.00~F03.07), jog acceleration and deceleration time, 4
section S-curve time（F03.11、F03.15~F03.17) is two.

Frequency switchover point

F03.13 between acceleration time 1 and Range:0.00～Fmax Default:0.00Hz
acceleration time 2
Frequency switchover point
F03.14 between deceleration time 1 and Range:0.00～Fmax Default:0.00Hz
deceleration time 2
This function is valid when motor 1 is selected and acceleration/deceleration time switchover is
not performed by means of DI terminal. It is used to select different groups of acceleration/deceleration
time based on the running frequency range rather than DI terminal during the running process of the
AC drive.
During acceleration, if the running frequency is smaller than the value of F03.13, acceleration time
2 is selected. If the running frequency is larger than the value of F03.13, acceleration time 1 is
selected.
During deceleration, if the running frequency is larger than the value of F03.14, deceleration time
1 is selected. If the running frequency is smaller than the value of F03.14, deceleration time 2 is
selected.
Figure 6-7 Acceleration/deceleration time switchovers.

- 90 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Output frequency(Hz)

Set frequency

F03.13

F03.14

Time

Acceleration Acceleration Deceleration Deceleration

time 2 time 1 time 1 time 2

Figure 6-7
Group F04 Digital Input
F04.00 Function of terminal DI1 Range:0～99 Default:1
F04.01 Function of terminal DI2 Range:0～99 Default:2
F04.02 Function of terminal DI3 Range:0～99 Default:7
F04.03 Function of terminal DI4 Range:0～99 Default:13
F04.04 Function of terminal DI5 Range:0～99 Default:0
F04.05 Function of terminal DI6 Range:0～99 Default:0
F04.06 Function of terminal DI7 Range:0～99 Default:0

Value Function escription

0 No function Set 0 for reserved terminals to avoid malfunction.
Forward RUN
1 Terminals control forward running and reverse running of the
(FWD)
drive. Refer to F04.15 for enabled conditions on initial power
Reverse RUN
2 up.
(REV)
The terminal determines three-line control of the AC drive. For
3 Three-wire control
details, see the description of F04.15.
Forward JOG FJOG indicates forward JOG running, while RJOG indicates
4
(FJOG) reverse JOG running. The JOG frequency, acceleration time
Reverse JOG and deceleration time are described respectively in F01.07,
5 F03.08 and F03.09.
(RJOG)
The AC drive blocks its output, the motor coasts to rest and is
6 Coast to stop not controlled by the AC drive. It is the same as coast to stop
described in F02.12.
The terminal is used for fault reset function, the same as the
7 Fault reset (RESET) function of RESET key on the operation panel.Remote fault
reset is implemented by this function.
The AC drive decelerates to stop, but the running parameters
are all memorized, such as PLC, swing frequency and PID
8 RUN pause
parameters. After this function is disabled, the AC drive
resumes its status before stop.
Normally open (NO) If this terminal becomes ON, the AC drive reports Err13 and
9 input performs the fault protection action. For more details, see the
of external fault description of F11.11.
10 Terminal UP If the frequency is determined by external terminals, the
Terminals with the two functions are used as increment and
11 Terminal DOWN decrement commands for frequency modification.

- 91 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
If the frequency source is master frequency source setting, the
UP and DOWN
terminalis used to clear the modification by using the
setting
12 UP/DOWN function or the increment/decrement key on the
clear (terminal,
keypad, returning the set frequency to the value of master
keypad)
frequency source setting.
Multi-reference
13
terminal 1
Multi-reference
14 The setting of 16 speeds or 16 other references can be
terminal 2
implemented through combinations of 16 states of these four
Multi-reference
15 terminals.
terminal 3
Multi-reference
16
terminal 4
Terminal 1 for
acceleration/
17
deceleration time
Totally four groups of acceleration/deceleration time can be
selection
selected through combinations of two states of these two
Terminal 2 for
terminals.
acceleration/
18
deceleration time
selection
When "Accel/Decel disabled" terminal is enabled, the drive
Acceleration/Decele maintains the present output frequency and no longer
19 ration responds to the change of command frequency. But it will
prohibited still perform ramp-down stop when receiving stop command.
This terminal is disabled during normal ramp-down stop.
Switch to auxiliary
Switch integrated frequency source setting mode to auxiliary
20 frequency source
frequency source setting mode.
setting
When simple PLC is running and this terminal is enabled. The
status (running time and step) of PLC will be cleared and the
21 PLC status reset
output frequency is step 0. When this terminal is disabled
again, the drive resumes PLC running from step 0.
When simple PLC is running and this terminal is enabled, the
current PLC status (running time and step) will be memorized,
22 Simple PLC paused
and the drive will run at 0Hz. When this terminal is disabled,
the drive restores its running from the memorized moment.
When this terminal is enabled, PID adjustment is paused, and
23 PID pause the drive will maintain current output frequency. After this
terminal becomes disabled, PID adjustment recovers.
Reverse PID action After this terminal becomes ON, the PID action direction is
24
direction reversed to the direction set in F13.04.
After this terminal becomes ON, the integral adjustment
25 PID integral pause function pauses. However, the proportional and differentiation
adjustment functions are still valid.
When PID parameter switch is set to "2: switched by terminal",
this terminal could be used to realize the switching between
PID parameter two groups of PID parameters. When this terminal is enabled,
26
switchover PID parameters are Kp1 and Ti1, Td1.
When this terminal is disabled, PID parameters are Kp2, Ti2
and Td2.
Swing frequency
The AC drive outputs the current frequency, and the swing
27 pause(output the
frequency function pauses.
current frequenc)
Swing frequency
The AC drive outputs the central frequency, and the swing
28 reset(output the
frequency function pauses.
central frequency)
29 Run comman This terminal should be enabled by trigger edge. When this
- 92 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
switched to keypad terminal status is switched from OFF to ON, run command will
control be switched to keypad control.
Run comman This terminal should be enabled by trigger edge. When this
30 switched to terminal terminal status is switched from OFF to ON, run command will
control be switched to terminal control.
Run comman
This terminal should be enabled by trigger edge. When this
switched to
31 terminal is switched from OFF to ON, run command will be
communication
switched to communication control.
control
The maximum frequency at count pulse input terminal is
200Hz, and the count value can be memorized in case of
power loss. With the setting of F14.07 (set count value) and
32 Count input
14.08 (designated count value), this terminal can control
digital output "set count value attained" and "designated count
value attained".
33 Count clear Used with "count input" terminal, to clear pulse count value.
It is used for fixed-length control, and only takes effect on
digital input terminal DI7/HI. The length is calculated via
pulse input. Please refer to specification of parameters
34 Length count
14.04～F14.06 for details. When the length is attained, digital
output terminal "length attained" shall output effective signal.
The current length value will be memorized on power loss.
Used with "length count" terminal, to clear the length
35 Length clear
calculated.
When inverter is in the process of ramp-to-stop, and running
frequency < DC brake frequency (Set by F02.13) at stop, if the
terminal is ON, DC brake starts, until the terminal is OFF, DC
DC brake input
36 brake ends.
command at stop
If the terminal is ON, and DC brake setting time is effective,
take the bigger value between time when terminal is ON and
DC brake setting time at stop.
When motor control mode is sensor-less vector control 2 and
Speed/torque
37 inverter stop, inverter will switch from speed control mode to
control switch
torque control mode if this function is valid
38 No reverse If this function is valid, the motor can’t reverse.
39 No forward If this function is valid, the motor can’t forward
The four multi-reference terminals have 16 state combinations, corresponding to 16 reference
values, as listed in the following table.
Table 1 State combination of the four multi-reference terminals
Multi-reference Multi-reference Multi-reference Multi-reference Reference Corresponding
terminal 4 terminal 3 terminal 2 terminal 1 Setting Parameter

OFF OFF OFF OFF Reference 0 F12.16

OFF OFF OFF ON Reference 1 F12.01

OFF OFF ON OFF Reference 2 F12.02

OFF OFF ON ON Reference 3 F12.03

OFF ON OFF OFF Reference 4 F12.04

OFF ON OFF ON Reference 5 F12.05

OFF ON ON OFF Reference 6 F12.06

- 93 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
OFF ON ON ON Reference 7 F12.07

ON OFF OFF OFF Reference 8 F12.08

ON OFF OFF ON Reference 9 F12.09

Reference
ON OFF ON OFF F12.10
10
Reference
ON OFF ON ON F12.11
11
Reference
ON ON OFF OFF F12.12
12
Reference
ON ON OFF ON F12.13
13
Reference
ON ON ON OFF F12.14
14
Reference
ON ON ON ON F12.15
15

Table 2 State combinations of two terminals for acceleration/deceleration time selection

Acceleration/Deceler Acceleration/Deceler
Acceleration/Deceleratio Corresponding
ation time ation time
n Time Selection Parameters
determinant 2 determinant 1
Acceleration/Deceleratio
OFF OFF F03.00、F03.01
n time 1
Acceleration/Deceleratio
OFF ON F03.02、F03.03
n time 2
Acceleration/Deceleratio
ON OFF F03.04、F03.05
n time 3
Acceleration/Deceleratio
ON ON F03.06、F03.07
n time 4

Filtering time of digital

F04.10 Range:0.000～1.000s Default:0.010s
input terminal
Set the filtering time of DI1～DI7 (when DI7/HI is used as ordinary low-speed terminal), AI1, AI2
and AI3 (when used as digital input terminal). Interference immunity of digital input terminals can be
improved by appropriate filtering time. However, the response time of digital input terminal will become
slower when filtering time is increased.
ATTENTION:
This filtering time takes no effect on DI7/HI when DI7/HI terminal is used as DI high-speed input
terminal, while the filtering time of DI is determined by parameter F06.36.
Delay time before terminal
F04.11 Range:0.0～300.0s Default:0.0s
DI1 is valid
Delay time before terminal
F04.12 Range:0.0～300.0s Default:0.0s
DI2 is valid
Delay time before terminal
F04.19 Range:0.0～300.0s Default:0.0s
DI1 is invalid
Delay time before terminal
F04.20 Range:0.0～300.0s Default:0.0s
DI2 is invalid
The four parameters set the delayed response time before DI1/DI2 is valid or invalid
ATTENTION:
Terminal delay time F04.11and F04.12 can be set with filtering time F04.10 at the same time. The
drive will respond after the signals via DI1 and DI2 go through filtering time, and then delay time.
Terminals DI3～DI7 have no delay time function.
Terminal DI1～DI5
F04.13 Range:00000～11111 Default:00000
positive/negative logic

- 94 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
These parameters are used to set the valid mode of DI terminals.
Unit's place: DI1
0: Positive logic
The DI terminal is valid when being connected with COM, and invalid when being disconnected
from COM.
1: Negative Logic
The DI terminal is invalid when being connected with COM, and invalid when being disconnected
from COM.
Ten's digit: DI2 (same as DI1)
Hundred's digit: DI3 (same as DI1)
Thousand's digit: DI4 (same as DI1)
Ten thousand's digit: DI5 (same as DI1)
Terminal DI6～AI3
F04.14 Range:00000～11111 Default:00000
positive/negative logic
Unit's place: DI6
0: Positive logic
The DI terminal is valid when being connected with COM, and invalid when being disconnected
from COM.
1: Negative Logic
The DI terminal is invalid when being connected with COM, and invalid when being disconnected
from COM.
Ten's digit: DI7 (same as DI6)
Hundred's digit: AI1
0: Positive logic ;< 3V, valid; > 7V, invalid
1: Negative Logic ;< 3V, invalid; > 7V, valid
Thousand's digit: AI2 (same as AI1)
Ten thousand's digit: AI3
0: Positive logic ;< -6V, valid; > 4V, invalid
1: Negative Logic ;< -6V, invalid; > 4V, valid
F04.15 Terminal command mode Range:0～4 Default: 0
This parameter is used to set the mode in which the AC drive is controlled by external terminals.
The following uses DI1, DI2 and DI3 among DI1 to DI7 as an example, with allocating functions of DI1,
DI2 and DI3 by setting F4-00 to F4-02.
0: Two-line mode 1
It is the most commonly used two-line mode, in which the forward/reverse rotation of the motor is
decided by DI1 and DI2. The parameters are set as below:
Function Code Parameter Name Value Function Description
F04.15 Terminal command mode 0 Two-line 1
F04.00 DI1 function selection 1 Forward RUN (FWD)
F04.01 DI2 function selection 2 Reverse RUN (REV)

K1 FWD REV RUN command

FWD OFF OFF Stop
Inverter
K2 OFF ON Reverse RUN
REV ON OFF Forward RUN
ON ON Stop
COM

Figure 6-8 setting of two-line mode 1

As shown in the preceding figure, when only K1 is ON, the AC drive instructs forward rotation.
When only K2 is ON, the AC drive instructs reverse rotation. When K1 and K2 are ON & OFF
simultaneously, the AC drives stops.
1: Two-line mode 2

- 95 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
In this mode, DI1 is RUN enabled terminal, and DI2 determines the running direction.
The parameters are set as below:
Function Code Parameter Name Value Function Description
F04.15 Terminal command mode 1 Two-line 2
F04.00 DI1 function selection 1 Forward RUN (FWD)
F04.01 DI2 function selection 2 Reverse RUN (REV)

K1
FWD REV RUN command
FWD
OFF OFF Stop
Inverter OFF ON Stop
K2
REV
ON OFF Forward RUN
ON ON Reverse RUN
COM

Figure 6-9 setting of two-line mode 2

As shown in the preceding figure, if K1 is ON, the AC drive instructs forward rotation when K2 is
OFF, and instructs reverse rotation when K2 is ON. If K1 is OFF, the AC drives stops.
2: Three-line mode 1
In this mode, DI3 is RUN enabled terminal, and the direction is decided by DI1 and DI2.
The parameters are set as below:
Function Code Parameter Name Value Function Description
F04.15 Terminal command mode 2 Three-line 1
F04.00 DI1 function selection 1 Forward RUN (FWD)
F04.01 DI2 function selection 2 Reverse RUN (REV)
F04.02 DI3 function selection 3 Three-line control

SB1
Three-line
control DIi
SB2
FWD
SB3
Inverter
REV

COM

Figure 6-10 setting of three-line mode 1

As shown in the preceding figure, if SB1 is ON, the AC drive instructs forward rotation when SB2
is pressed to be ON and instructs reverse rotation when SB3 is pressed to be ON. The AC drives
stops immediately after SB1 becomes OFF. During normal startup and running, SB1 must remain ON.
The AC drive's running state is determined by the final actions on SB1, SB2 and SB3.
3: Three-line mode 2
In this mode, DI3 is RUN enabled terminal. The RUN command is given by DI1 and the direction
is decided by DI2. The parameters are set as below:

Function Code Parameter Name Value Function Description

Terminal command Three-line 2
F04.15 3
mode
F04.00 DI1 function selection 1 Forward RUN (FWD)
F04.01 DI2 function selection 2 Reverse RUN (REV)
F04.02 DI3 function selection 3 Three-line control

- 96 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

SB1
Three-line
control DIi
SB2
FWD

Inverter K
REV

COM

Figure 6-11 setting of three-line mode 2

As shown in the preceding figure, if SB1 is ON, the AC drive starts running when SB2 is pressed
to be ON; the AC drive instructs forward rotation when K is OFF and instructs reverse rotation when K
is ON. The AC drives stops immediately after SB1 becomes OFF. During normal startup and running,
SB1 must remain ON. The AC drive's running state is determined by the final actions of SB1, SB2 and
K.
4: Pulse operation stop
This model is using one touch control, to start and stop inverter by pulse, motor forward and
reverse operation is determined by DI1 and DI2.
Function code setting:
Function Setting
Name Function description
code value
FWD/REV terminal
F04.15 4 Pulse operation stop
control mode selection
F04.00 DI1 function selection 1 Forward operation（FWD）
F04.01 DI2 function selection 2 Reverse operation（REV）

SB
1
FWD FWD ↑ ↑
SB
Operation
2 FWD Stop
Inverter REV command
REV ↑ ↑
Operation
COM REV Stop
command

Figure 6-12 Pulse operation stop control diagram

Press SB1, inverter forward operation, press SB1 again inverter stop; Press SB2, inverter reverse
operation, press SB2 again, inverter stop.
Press the SB1 button inverter run clockwise, press the SB1 button to stop the SB2 button is
pressed again converter; inverter reverse operation, press the SB2button to stop again inverter.

Terminal UP/DOWN frequency

F04.16 Range:00000～11111 Default:00000
adjustment treatment
Unit's place: action when stop
0: Clear
Terminal UP/DOWN frequency adjustment value is cleared when the drive stops.
1: Holding
Terminal UP/DOWN frequency adjustment value is maintained when the drive stops.
Ten's place: action on power loss

- 97 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
0: Clear
Terminal UP/DOWN frequency adjustment value is cleared in case of power loss.
1: Holding
Terminal UP/DOWN frequency adjustment value is saved in case of power loss.
Hundred's digit: integral function
0: No integral function
Adjustment step size is kept constant during terminal UP/DOWN adjustment, in compliance with
F04.17.
1: Integral function enabled
When frequency is adjusted through terminal UP/DOWN, initial step size is set by F04.17.
With the effective lasting time of the terminals, adjustment step size will increase gradually.
Thousand’s place: UP/DOWN frequency adjust selection
0: Can’t be reduced to negative frequency
When adjusted by terminal UP/DOWN, frequency can’t be reduced to negative value
1:Can be reduced to negative frequency
When adjusted by terminal UP/DOWN, frequency can be reduced to negative value
Ten thousand’s place: Jog function to clear UP/DOWN
0: Not clear
1: Clear

Terminal UP/DOWN
F04.17 Range:0.00～50.00Hz Default:1.00Hz/200ms
frequency change step size
It is used to adjust the rate of change of frequency when the frequency is adjusted by means of
terminal UP/DOWN.
Power on running terminal
F04.18 Range: 0～1 Default: 0
action selection
It is only valid to running command terminal which is set in number 1,2,4,5(Running forward,
running reverse, JOG forward, JOG reverse), and only valid for the first running after power on.
0: Electrial level effective
When terminal is given running command, running terminal is detected to be ON, inverter start to
run. Please ensure the terminal statue before power on.
1: Edge trigger + Electrical level effective(When power on)
When terminal is given running command, the terminal is detected to jump from OFF to ON and
maintain ON, inverter start to run.
2: Edge trigger + Electrical level effective(Every start)
When terminal is given running command, the terminal is detected to jump from OFF to ON and
maintain ON, inverter start to run.

Group F05 Digital Output

F05.00 Y1 output function Range:0～99 Default:1
Y2/HO output function
F05.01 Range:0～99 Default:3
(when used as Y2)
F05.02 Relay 1 output function Range:0～99 Default:2
F05.03 Relay 2 output function Range:0～99 Default:11

Define the functions of digital output terminals Y1 & Y2, relay 1 and relay 2.Output terminal
function selections are as follows:
Settin Corresponding
Description
g function
0 No output Output terminal is disabled, and there is no output.
The output is ON when the drive is running, and output is
1 Drive is running
OFF when drive stopped.
2 Fault output When the drive is in fault, outputs ON.
Frequency-level
3 Refer to the descriptions of F05.10 and F05.11.
detection FDT1 output
Frequency-level
4 Refer to the descriptions of F05.12 and F05.13.
detection FDT2 output

- 98 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Drive in 0Hz running When be running at 0Hz, this corresponding terminal
5
1(no output at stop) outputs ON signal. No ON signal will be output at stop.
Drive in 0Hz running Outputs ON signal when is running at 0Hz and also outputs
6
2(output at stop) ON signal at stop.
Upper limit frequency When output frequency attains F01.09 (upper limit
7
attained frequency), outputs ON.
Lower limit frequency When output frequency attains F01.10 (lower limit
8 attained (no output at frequency), outputs ON. In the stop state, the terminal
stop) becomes OFF.
9 Frequency attained Refer to the descriptions of F05.09.
If the AC drive main circuit and control circuit become
10 Ready for RUN stable, and the AC drive detects no fault and is ready for
RUN, the terminal becomes ON.
In case drive output current exceeds F11.19 (overload
alarm threshold) and its last time exceeds F11.20 (overload
Drive (motor) alarm activated time that exceeding threshold), outputs ON.
11
overloaded alarm
Refer to parameters F11.18～ F11.20 for information with
regard to drive (motor) overloaded alarm.
When drive internally detected temperature exceeds F11.21
12 Drive overheat alarm
(Drive overheat alarm threshold), ON signal will be output.
When current running time attains the value of F05.14,
Current running time
13 corresponding terminal outputs ON. Current running time is
attained
cleared when stop.
Accumulative When accumulative power-on time attains the value of
14 power-on time F05.15, corresponding terminal outputs ON. Accumulative
attained power-on time is maintained when stop.
When accumulative running time attains the value of
Accumulative running
15 F05.16, corresponding terminal outputs ON. Accumulative
time attained
running time is maintained when stop.
Upon the completion of a cycle of simple PLC running, ON
16 PLC cycle completed
signal with a width of 250ms will be output.
Set count value The terminal becomes ON when the count value reaches
17
attained the value set in F14.07.
The terminal becomes ON when the count value reaches
Designated count
18 the value set in F14.08. Refer to the specification of
value attained
parameter F14.07 and F14.08.
The terminal becomes ON when the detected actual length
19 Length attained exceeds the value set in F14.04. Refer to the specification
of parameter F14.05～F14.07.
20 Under load alarm When inverter under load, output ON signal
When the brake function selection is effective and reach
21 Brake Output
brake open condition, output signal ON
22 DI1 Output DI1 status
23 DI2 Output DI2 status
Reach the range of When running frequency reach the range of FDT1’s upper
24
FDT1 limit and lower limit, output signal ON

F05.04 Y1 output delay time Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s

F05.05 Y2 output delay time Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s
F05.06 Relay 1 output delay time Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s
F05.07 Relay 2 output delay time Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s
These four parameters define the delay response time of digital output terminals Y1 & Y2, relay 1
and relay 2.
Enabled state of digital
F05.08 Range:0000～1111 Default:0000
output
Unit's place: Y1

- 99 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
0: Positive logic; ON when current passes through
1: Negative logic; ON when no current passes through
 De ca de : Y2 (s a m e a s Y1)
 Hundre ds pla ce : re la y 1 output
0: Positive logic; ON when there is coil excitation
1: Negative logic; ON when there is no coil excitation
 Thous a nds pla ce : re la y 2 output (s a m e a s re la y 1)
Wiring diagram of digital output terminal is shown as Fig. 6-12:

Relay
24V

Inverter
Y1

GND

Fig. 6-12

Detection width of
F05.09 Range:0.0～20.0Hz Default:5.0Hz
frequency attained
This parameter should be set with digital output terminal "frequency attained". When the
difference between output frequency and command frequency is less than this value, terminal
"frequency attained" aoutputs ON. See Fig. 6-13:
Output frequency(Hz)

FAR

FAR

Time（S）

Valid Valid

Time（S）

Fig. 6-13
F05.10 FDT1 upper bound Range:0.00～Fmax Default:30.00Hz
F05.11 FDT1 lower bound Range:0.00～Fmax Default:30.00Hz
F05.12 FDT2 upper bound Range:0.00～Fmax Default:30.00Hz
F05.13 FDT2 lower bound Range:0.00～Fmax Default:30.00Hz
These parameters should be set with digital output terminals "FDT1" and "FDT2".
Take FDT1 for example, the drive outputs ON signal when output frequency exceeds upper
bound of FDT1 and will not output OFF signal unless output frequency drops to below lower bound of
FDT1. Please set F05.10 to be larger to some certain extent than F05.11, avoiding status change
frequently. See Fig. 6-14:

- 100 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Output frequency(Hz)

FDT upper bound

FDT lower bound

Time（S）
Y1
Valid

0 Time（S）

Fig. 6-14
F05.14 Consecutive running time Range:0.0～6000.0Min Default: 0.0Min
This parameter should be set with digital output terminal “Consecutive running time attained".
When current running time attains the value of F05.14, corresponding terminal outputs ON. Current
running time is cleared when stop. When this parameter value is set to 0.0, this function is invalid.
F05.15 Accumulative power-on time Range:0～65535h Default: 0h
This parameter should be set with digital output terminal “Accumulative power-on time attained".
When accumulative power-on time attains the value of F05.15, corresponding terminal outputs ON.
Accumulative power-on time is maintained when stop. When this parameter value is set to 0, this
function is invalid.
F05.16 Accumulative running time Range:0～65535h Default: 0h
This parameter should be set with digital output terminal “Accumulative running time attained".
When accumulative running time attains the value of F05.16, corresponding terminal outputs ON.
Accumulative running time is maintained when stop. When this parameter value is set to 0, this
function is invalid.
F05.17 Brake control selection Range: 0～1 Default value: 0
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
F05.18 Brake open frequency Range: 0.00～20.00Hz Default value: 2.50Hz
F05.19 Brake open current Range: 0.0～200.0% Default value: 0.0%
F05.20 Brake open waiting time Range: 0.00～10.00s Default value: 0.00s
F05.21 Brake open operating time Range: 0.00～10.00s Default value: 0.50s
F05.22 Brake closed frequency Range: 0.00～20.00Hz Default value: 2.00Hz
F05.23 Brake close waiting time Range: 0.00～10.00s Default value: 0.00s
F05.24 Brake close operating time Range: 0.00～10.00s Default value: 0.50s
Scheme of brake control process:

- 101 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Frequency

F05.18

F05.22

FWD/REV

Internal
operating

Brake

F05.2 F05.2 F05.2 F05.2

0 1 3 4

Current

F05.19

Fig 6-15 Break control logic scheme

1）After inverter receives a run command, accelerate the run to set F05.18 brake open frequency.
2）After the frequency reaches F05.18 set frequency, inverter keeps constant running and the
duration reaches the F05.20 set brake open waiting time, inverter running constant speed continue to
the F05.20 set brake open waiting time, switching output “brake output” terminal output OFF signal.
3）After reaching the break open waiting time, if inverter current is more than or equal with the
F05.19 set brake open current, at this time switching output "brake output" terminal output signal ON,
inverter continue working on the F05.18 set frequency, when operating time reaches the F05.21set
time, running starts acceleration up to set frequency.
4）After inverter receives the stop command, running decelerate to the F05.22 set brake closing
frequency, and then operate on the constant frequency.
5）After running frequency reaches the F05.22 set frequency, after delay the F05.23 set brake
closing delay time, this period of time, "Brake Output" output ON signal.
6）After reaching the F05.23 set time, “Brake Output "terminal output OFF signal, the inverter
output frequency keeps the F05.22 set value, after delaying reach the F05.24 set value, inverter blocks
output, get into stopped state.

Group F06 Analog and Pulse Input

Range:0.0%～input of
F06.00 Minimum input of curve AI1 Default:1.0%
inflection point1 of curve AI1
Set value corresponding
F06.01 to minimum input of curve Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
AI1
Range:Minimum input of
Input of inflection point
F06.02 curve AI1～Input of inflection Default:100.0%
1 of curve AI1
point 2 of curve AI1
Set value corresponding
F06.03 to input of inflection Range:-100.0～100.0% Default: 100.0%
point 1 of curve AI1
Range:Input of inflection point
Input of inflection point
F06.04 1 of curve AI1～Maximum Default: 100.0%
2 of curve AI1
input of curve AI1

- 102 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Set value corresponding
F06.05 to input of inflection Range:-100.0～100.0% Default: 100.0%
point 2 of curve AI1
Maximum input of curve Range:Input of inflection point
F06.06 Default:100.0%
AI1 2 of curve AI1～100.0%
Set value corresponding to
F06.07 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:100.0%
maximum input of curve AI1
Curve AI1 is defined by above-noted 8 parameters.
Input values F06.00、F06.02、F06.04、F06.06:
AI1～AI2 are 0～10V or 0～20mA programmable by jumper on control board.
If 0～10V is selected: 0V corresponds to 0%, while 10V corresponds to 100%.
If 0～20mA is selected: 0mA corresponds to 0%, while 20mA corresponds to 100%.
AI3 only supports -10V～10V input; For AI3, -10V corresponds to -100%, while 10V corresponds
to 100%.
Corresponding set values F06.01、F06.03、F06.05、F06.07:
When the corresponding set value is frequency: 100% is the maximum frequency, while
-100% is the maximum negative frequency.
When corresponding set value is torque: 100% means 2 times the rated torque, while -100%
Means negative "2 times the rated torque".
When the corresponding set value is output voltage (e.g. the voltage setting in case of V/f
separated pattern): 100% corresponds to rated voltage of motor. "Less than or equal to 0%"
corresponds to 0V voltage.
Curve diagram is shown as below:
For Instance:
Following description is taken AI1 as the example.

(1) Parameter setting

Table 6-3(1) Parameter setting 1 T able 6-3(2) Parameter setting 2

Code Value Code Value Code Value Code Value
-100 F06.01 100% F06.00 0%
F06.01 %
F06.00 0.0%
F06.03 70% F06.02 40%
F06.03 -50% F06.02 25.0%
F06.05 -50% F06.04 75%
F06.05 70% F06.04 75.0%
100
100 100.0 F06.07 -100% F06.06
F06.07 F06.06 %
% %
See Figure 6-15 (1) and Figure 6-15 (2) for input/output bias of Table 6-3(1) and Table 6-3(2)
respectively.

- 103 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Set frequency
F06.07 Fmax
100%

F06.05
70%

2.5V 7.5V 10V Analog input

0.0% 25% 75% 100%
F06.00 F06.02 F06.04 F06.06

F06.03
-50%

F06.01
-100%

Figure 6-16 (1)

Set frequency
F06.07 Fmax
100%

F06.05
70%

4V 7.5V 10V Analog input

0.0% 40% 75% 100%

F06.00 F06.02 F06.04 F06.06
F06.03
-50%

F06.01
-100%
Figure 6-17 (2)
Range:0.0%～input of
F06.08 Minimum input of curve AI2 Default:1.0%
inflection point1 of curve AI2
Set value corresponding to
F06.09 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
minimum input of curve AI2
Range:Minimum input of
Input of inflection point
F06.10 curve AI2～Input of inflection Default: 100.0%
1 of curve AI2
point 2 of curve AI2
Set value corresponding
F06.11 to input of inflection Range:-100.0～100.0% Default: 100.0%
point 1 of curve AI2
Range:Input of inflection
Input of inflection point
F06.12 point 1 of curve AI2～ Default: 100.0%
2 of curve AI2
Maximum input of curve AI2
Set value corresponding
F06.13 to input of inflection Range:-100.0～100.0% Default: 100.0%
point 2 of curve AI2
F06.14 Maximum input of curve Range:Input of inflection Default:100.0%
- 104 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
AI2 point 2 of curve AI2～100.0%
Set value corresponding to
F06.15 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:100.0%
maximum input of curve AI2
Minimum input of curve Range:0.0%～input of
F06.16 Default:0.0%
AI3 inflection point1 of curve AI3
Set value corresponding to
F06.17 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:-100.0%
minimum input of curve AI3
Range:Minimum input of
Input of inflection point
F06.18 curve AI3～Input of inflection Default:25.0%
1 of curve AI3
point 2 of curve AI3
Set value corresponding
F06.19 to input of inflection Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:-50.0%
point 1 of curve AI3
Range:Input of inflection
Input of inflection point
F06.20 point 1 of curve AI3～ Default:75.0%
2 of curve AI3
Maximum input of curve AI3
Set value corresponding
F06.21 to input of inflection Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:25.0%
point 2 of curve AI3
Range:Input of inflection
F06.22 Maximum input of curve AI3 Default:100.0%
point 2 of curve AI3～100.0%
Set value corresponding to
F06.23 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:100.0%
maximum input of curve AI3
Curve AI2 is defined by F06.08～F06.15. Curve AI3 is defined by F06.16～F06.23. The usage of
curve AI2 and curve AI3 is the same as that of curve AI1.
Minimum input of curve Range:0.0～Maximum input of
F06.24 Default:0.5%
keypad potentiometer curve keypad potentiometer
Set value corresponding to
F06.25 minimum input of curve Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
keypad potentiometer
Maximum input of curve Range: Minimum input of curve
F06.26 Default:99.9%
keypad potentiometer keypad potentiometer～100.0%
Set value corresponding to
F06.27 maximum input of curve Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:100.0%
keypad potentiometer
Curve keypad potentiometer is defined by above-noted 4 parameters.
Input values F06.24、F06.26:
keypad potentiometer is 0～5V on control board. 0V corresponds to 0%, while 5V corresponds to
100%.
Corresponding set values F06.25、F06.27:
When the corresponding set value is frequency: 100% is the maximum frequency, while -100% is
the maximum negative frequency.
When corresponding set value is torque: 100% means 2 times the rated torque, while -100%
means negative "2 times the rated torque".
When the corresponding set value is output voltage (e.g. the voltage setting in case of V/f
separated pattern): 100% corresponds to rated voltage of motor. "Less than or equal to 0%"
corresponds to 0V voltage. The difference is thatcurve keypad potentiometer is a straight line while
curve AI1～AI3 is a broken line with two inflection points.
F06.28 AI1 terminal filtering time Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.100s
F06.29 AI2 terminal filtering time Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.100s
F06.30 AI3 terminal filtering time Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.100s
Keypad potentiometer
F06.31 Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.100s
filtering time

- 105 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
F06.28～F06.31 define the filtering time of analog input terminals AI1, AI2 , AI3 and Keypad
potentiometer. Long filtering time results in strong immunity from interference but slow response, while
short filtering time brings rapid response but weak immunity from interference.
Range:0.00kHz～Maximum
F06.32 Minimum input of curve HI Default:0.00kHz
input of curve HI
Set value corresponding to
F06.33 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
minimum input of curve HI
Range: Minimum input of
F06.34 Maximum input of curve HI Default:50.00kHz
curve HI～100.00kHz
Set value corresponding to
F06.35 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:100.0%
maximum input of curve HI
Curve HI is defined by above-noted 4 parameters.
Input values F06.32、F06.34:
HI is 0～100kHz.
Corresponding set values F06.33、F06.35:
When the corresponding set value is frequency: 100% is the maximum frequency, while -100% is
the maximum negative frequency.
When corresponding set value is torque: 100% means 2 times the rated torque, while -100%
means negative "2 times the rated torque".
When the corresponding set value is output voltage (e.g. the voltage setting in case of V/f
separated pattern): 100% corresponds to rated voltage of motor. "Less than or equal to 0%"
corresponds to 0V voltage.
ATTENTION:
When pulse input is selected as the frequency command, DI7/HI terminal shall be set to "pulse
input" function (F00.09 is set to 1).
F06.36 HI terminal filtering time Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.100s
F06.36 defines the filtering time of pulse input terminals DI7/HI. Long filtering time results in
strong immunity from interference but slow response, while short filtering time brings rapid response
but weak immunity from interference.
Group F07 Analog and Pulse Output
F07.00 AO1 output function Range:0～99 Default:1
F07.01 AO2 output function Range:0～99 Default:2
F07.02 HO output function Range:0～99 Default:3
AO1 and AO2 are analog output terminals. Voltage output(0～10V) or current output(0～20mA) of
AO1 and AO2 can be selected through toggle switch AO1 and AO2.When used as high-speed pulse
output HO, Y2/HO terminal's functions are set in F00.11. Output range of HO pulse frequency is 0～
F07.09 (maximum output pulse frequency).
The ranges of corresponding digital output of AO1, AO2 and HO are as shown in the following
table.
Value Function Range
0 No output No output
1 Output frequency 0.00～Fmax
2 Command frequency 0.00～Fmax
3 Output current 0～2 times the rated current of inverter
4 Output voltage 0～2 times the rated voltage of motor
5 Output power 0～ 2 times the rated power
6 Bus voltage 0～1000V
7 +10V +10V
8 Keypad potentiometer 0～5V
9 AI1 0～10V/0～20mA
10 AI2 0～10V/0～20mA
11 AI3 -10～10V
12 HI 0.01kHz～100.00kHz
13 Output torque 0～2 times the rated torque
- 106 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
AO communication
14 Output values set by communication address 2005H
given 1
AOcommunication
15 Output values set by communication address 2006H
given 2

F07.03 AO1 offset Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%

F07.04 AO1 gain Range:-2.000～2.000 Default:1.000
When users need to chang AO1 measuring range or correct the error of meter, it can be realized
by setting of F07.03 and F07.04. When using factory default set: 0～10V (or 0～20mA) of AO1
corresponds to “0～maximun”. By expressing standard output of AO1 as x, the adjusted AO1 output
as y, the gain as k, and the offset as b (100% of offset corresponds to 10V or 20mA), there is the
equation:
y=kx+b
Example:
Set F07.00 to 1: output frequency. Standard AO1 output: AO1 outputs 0V when output frequency
is 0, and outputs 10V when output frequency is maximum frequency. If AO1 is requested to output 2V
when output frequency is 0.00Hz, and requested to output 8V when output frequency is the maximum
frequency. There is: 2=k 0+b;
i.e. F07.03 is set to 20.0% while F07.04 is set to 0.600.
F07.05 AO1 filtering time Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.000s
Define output filtering time of AO1 terminal.
F07.06 AO2 offset Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F07.07 AO1 gain Range:-2.000～2.000 Default:1.000
F07.08 AO2 filtering time Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.000s
Adjustment method of AO2 output curve is the same as AO1.
HO maximum output
F07.09 Range:0.01～100.00kHz Default:50.00kHz
pulse frequency
This parameter sets the maximum output frequency when Y2/HO terminal is selected as
high-speed pulse output.
F07.10 HO output filtering time Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.010s
Set the filtering time of HO high-speed pulse output. Filtering can change the change rate of
output pulse frequency. The longer the filtering time is, the lower the change rate of output pulse
frequency would be.
Group F08 Parameters of Motor 1
F08.00 Motor 1 type selection Range: 0～3 Default: 0
0: Three phase asynchronous motors
1: Reverse
2: Single phase asynchronous motors(remove capacitance)
Inverter connect to single phase: Wiring of FR200(<=0.75kw) forward (figure 6-18)

(-) (+) PB
M
KM1
L1 U
U1 Z1
220VAC
L2 V Main Secondary
winding Winding

W
FR200 U2 Z2

Figue 6-18

Inverter connect to single phase: Wiring of FR200(<= 0.75kw) reverse(figure6-19)

- 107 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

(-) (+) PB
M
KM1
L1 U
U1 Z1
220VAC
L2 V Main Secondary
winding Winding

W
FR200 U2 Z2

Figure 6-19

Inverter connect to single phase: wiring of FR200(>0.75kw) forward (figure 6-20)

(-) (+) PB
M
KM1
L1 U
U1 Z1
220VAC
L2 V Main Secondary
winding Winding

W
FR200 U2 Z2

Figure 6-20

Inverter connect to single phase: wiring of FR200(>0.75kw) reverse (figure 6-21)

(-) (+) PB
M
KM1
L1 U
U1 Z1
220VAC
L2 V Main Secondary
Winding Winding

W
FR200 U2 Z2

Figure 6-21
3: single phase asynchronous motor
Below is the wiring of FR200(<=0.75kw) connected to single phase motor, running direction is
determined by the wiring order of VW (figure 6-22).

- 108 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

(-) (+) PB
KM1
L1 U
220VAC
L2 V

W
M
FR200

Figure 6-22

Below is the wiring of FR200(>0.75kw) connected to single phase motor, running direction is
determined by the wiring order of UV (figure 6-23).

(-) (+) PB
KM1

M
L1 U
220VAC
L2 V

W
FR200

Figure 6-23

F08.01 Power rating of motor 1 Range:0.1～1000.0kW Default: Model defined

F08.02 Rated voltage of motor 1 Range:60～660V Default: Model defined
F08.03 Rated current of motor 1 Range:0.1～1500.0A Default: Model defined
F08.04 Rated frequency of motor 1 Range:20.00～Fmax Default: Model defined
F08.05 Rated speed of motor 1 Range:1～60000rpm Default: Model defined
Set the parameters according to the motor nameplate no matter whether V/F control or vector
control is adopted.
To achieve better V/F or vector control performance, motor auto-tuning is required. The motor
auto-tuning accuracy depends on the correct setting of motor nameplate parameters.
Stator resistance R1 of
F08.08 Range:0.001～65.535Ω Default: Model defined
async motor 1
Rotor resistance R2 of
F08.09 Range:0.001～65.535Ω Default: Model defined
async motor 1
Leakage inductance L1 of
F08.10 Range:0.001～65.535mH Default: Model defined
async motor 1
Mutual inductance L2 of
F08.11 Range:0.1～6553.5mH Default: Model defined
asynchronous motor 1
No-load current of async
F08.12 Range:0.1～1500.0A Default: Model defined
motor 1
Field weakening coeff 1 of
F08.13 Range:0.0～100.0% Default:87%（1.1）
async motor 1
- 109 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Field weakening coeff 2
F08.14 Range:0.0～100.0% Default:75%（1.6）
of async motor 1
Field weakening coeff 2
F08.15 Range:0.0～100.0% Default:70%（3）
of async motor 1
The parameters in F08.08 to F08.15 are asynchronous motor parameters. These parameters are
unavailable on the motor nameplate and are obtained by means of motor auto-tuning. Only F08.08 to
F08.10 can be obtained through static motor auto-tuning. Through complete motor auto-tuning,
encoder phase sequence and current loop PI can be obtained besides the parameters in F08.08 to
F08.12.Each time "Rated motor power" (F08.01) or "Rated motor voltage" (F08.02) is changed, the AC
drive automatically restores values of F08.08 to F08.12 to the parameter setting for the common
standard Y series asynchronous motor.
If it is impossible to perform motor auto-tuning onsite, manually input the values of these
parameters according to data provided by the motor manufacturer.
F08.21 Motor’s pole number Range: 0～1000 Default: 4

F08.30 Autotuning of motor 1 Range:0～2 Default: 0

0: No auto-tuning
Auto-tuning is prohibited.
1: Asynchronous motor static auto-tuning
It is applicable to scenarios where complete auto-tuning cannot be performed because the
asynchronous motor cannot be disconnected from the load.Before performing static auto-tuning,
properly set the motor type and motor nameplate parameters of F08.00 to F08.07 first. The AC drive
will obtain parameters of F08.08 to F08.10 by static auto-tuning.Set this parameter to 1, and press
RUN. Then, the AC drive starts static auto-tuning.
2: Asynchronous motor complete auto-tuning
To perform this type of auto-tuning, ensure that the motor is disconnected from the load. During
the process of complete auto-tuning, the AC drive performs static auto-tuning first and then
accelerates to 80% of the rated motor frequency within the acceleration time 4. The AC drive keeps
running for a certain period and then decelerates to stop within deceleration time 4
Before performing complete auto-tuning, properly set the motor type, motor nameplate
parameters of F08.00 to F08.07.
The AC drive will obtain motor parameters of F08.08 to F08.12 by complete auto-tuning.
Set this parameter to 2, and press RUN. Then, the AC drive starts complete auto-tuning.
ATTENTION:
1) Please make sure the motor is in a stationary status before autotuning, or autotuning cannot be
performed normally.
2) Keypad displays "TUNE", and RUN indicator is lighting during autotuning. RUN indicator
turns off upon the completion of autotuning.
3) If autotuning failed, the fault code “Err17" shall be displayed.
Group F09 V/f Control Parameters of Motor 1
F09.00 V/f curve setting Range:0～13 Default: 0
Set the relation between output voltage and output frequency of the drive when motor 1 is under
V/f control.
0: Linear V/f
Applies to general constant-torque load.When drive output frequency is 0, output voltage will be 0,
while when output frequency is rated frequency of motor, the output voltage would be rated voltage of
motor.
1: Broken line V/f (determined by F09.03～F09.10)
Applies to spin drier, centrifuge, industrial washing machine and to other special loads. When
drive output frequency is 0, output voltage will be 0, while when output frequency is rated frequency of
motor, the output voltage would be rated voltage of motor. What is different is this pattern can set 4
inflection points by F09.03～F09.10.
2: 1.2nd power
3: 1.4th power
4: 1.6th power
5: 1.8th power
6: 2.0th power

- 110 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Parameter values 2～6 apply to torque-dropped loads such as fans and water pumps. See Fig.
6-16.
2.0 power
1.8 power
Output voltage (V) 1.6 power
1.4 power
1.2 power
Rated voltage of motor

SL V/F

Output frequency（Hz)
0 Rated frequency of motor

Fig. 6-24
7: V/F complete separation
In this mode, the output frequency and output voltage of the AC drive are independent. The output
frequency is determined by the frequency source, and the output voltage is determined by "Voltage
source for V/F separation" (F09.15).It is applicable to induction heating, inverse power supply and
torque motor control.
8: V/F half separation
In this mode, V and F are proportional and the proportional relationship can be set in F09.15. The
relationship between V and F are also related to the rated motor voltage and rated motor frequency in
Group F08.Assume that the voltage source input is X (0 to 100%), the relationship between V and F is:
V/F = 2 ) X (Ra te d motor volta ge )/ (Ra te d
9: 1.2 power inverse curve
10: 1.4 power inverse curve
11: 1.6 power inverse curve
12: 1.8 power inverse curve
13: 2.0 power inverse curve
9～13 curve is for torque boost，which is rotated 180 degrees along diagonal line of 2~6 curve

F09.01 Torque boost Range:0.0～30.0% Default: 0.0%

Cut-off frequency of torque
F09.02 Range:0.0～Fmax Default:50.0Hz
boost
Torque boost:
Under V/f pattern, output voltage at low frequency can be compensated by this parameter,
improving the torque output. 0.0% corresponds to automatic torque boost, and drive output voltage is
automatically compensated via detection of load current. Automatic torque boost is valid only for linear
V/f pattern. 100% of torque boost corresponds to rated voltage of motor. A non-zero value means the
output voltage rises on the basis of V/f curve and this takes effect at parameter values 0～6 of F09.00.
It is suggested this parameter value be gradually increased from zero until the starting requirement is
met. Boost value is not suggested to be set to a relatively big one, as it is likely to bring about a bigger
drive current and higher motor temperature.
Cut-off frequency of torque boost:
F09.02 specifies the frequency under which torque boost is valid. Torque boost becomes invalid
when this frequency is exceeded, as shown in the following figure.

- 111 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Output voltage (V)

Rated voltage of motor

Torque boost

Output frequency（Hz)

0 Cut-off frequency of
Rated frequency of motor
torque boost

Fig. 6-25
F09.03 Multi-point V/F frequency 1(F1) Range:0.0～F09.05 Default:0.0Hz
F09.04 Multi-point V/F voltage 1(V1) Range:0.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F09.05 Multi-point V/F frequency 2(F2) Range:F09.03～F09.07 Default:5.0Hz
F09.06 Multi-point V/F voltage 2(V2) Range:0.0～100.0% Default:14.0%
F09.07 Multi-point V/F frequency 3(F3) Range:F09.05～F09.09 Default:25.0Hz
F09.08 Multi-point V/F voltage 3(V3) Range:0.0～100.0% Default:50.0%
Range:F09.07～rated motor
F09.09 Multi-point V/F frequency 4(F4) Default:50.0Hz
frequency
F09.10 Multi-point V/F voltage 4(V4) Range:0.0～100.0% Default:100.0%
F09.03～F09.10 is used for broken line V/f mode. Voltage value 100% corresponds to rated
voltage of motor. Please rationally set the values of frequency and voltage at knees on the basis of
characteristics of motor and load. Improper setting may rise output current even burn the motor. Figure
6-18 setting of multi-point V/F curve.
Output voltage (V)

Rated voltage of motor

V4

V3

V2

V1

Output frequency（Hz)
0 F1 F2 F3 F4 Rated frequency of motor

Fig. 6-26
ATTENTION:
The multi-point V/F curve is set based on the motor's load characteristic. The relationship
between voltages and frequencies is:V1≤V2≤V3≤V4，F1≤F2≤F3≤F4.At low frequency, higher voltage
may cause overheat or even burnt out of the motor and overcurrent stall or overcurrent protection of
the AC drive.
F09.11 V/F slip compensation gain Range:0.0～300.0% Default: 80.0%
This parameter is valid only for the asynchronous motor.
It can compensate the rotational speed slip of the asynchronous motor when the load of the motor
increases, stabilizing the motor speed in case of load change.
Stator voltagedrop
F09.12 Range:0.0～200.0% Default:100.0%
compensation gain

- 112 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Stator voltagedrop compensation is to compensate voltagedrop produced by stator resistance
and connecting cable.
F09.13 Excitation boost gain Range:0.0～200.0% Default:100.0%
Default: Model
F09.14 Oscillation Suppression Range:0.0～300.0%
defined
Set this parameter to a value as small as possible in the prerequisite of efficient oscillation
suppression to avoid influence on V/F control.Set this parameter to 0 if the motor has no oscillation.
Increase the value properly only when the motor has obvious oscillation. The larger the value is, the
better the oscillation suppression result will be.
When the oscillation suppression function is enabled, the rated motor current and no-load current
must be correct. Otherwise, the V/F oscillation suppression effect will not be satisfactory.
F09.15 Voltage source for V/F separation Range:0～7 Default: 0
Voltage digital setting for V/F
F09.16 Range:0.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
separation
V/F separation is generally applicable to scenarios such as induction heating, inverse power
supply and motor torque control.If V/F separated control is enabled, the output voltage can be set in
F09.15 or by means of analog, multi-reference, simple PLC, PID or communication. If you set the
output voltage by means of non-digital setting, 100% of the setting corresponds to the rated motor
voltage. If a negative percentage is set, its absolute value is used as the effective value.
0: Digital setting (F09.16)
1: Keypad potentiometer
2: AI1
3: Multi-reference
4: Pulse setting (DI7/HI)
5: PID
6: AI2
7: AI3
Voltage rise time of V/F
F09.17 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.1s
separation
This parameter value is the time rising from 0V to motor rated voltage or dropping from rated
voltage to 0V.
Group F10 Vector Control Parameters of Motor 1
F10.00 Speed/torque control Range:0～1 Default: 0
Sensor-less vector control 2 and close-loop vector control support torque control. Under these two
control patterns, speed control and torque control can be programmed by this parameter.Added to this,
the switchover between speed control and torque control can also be realized by digital input terminal
"speed/torque control switch". The relation of the switchover via terminal and parameter is shown in
the following table:
Speed/torque control
F10.00 Control mode
switch terminal
0 OFF Speed control
0 ON Torque control
1 OFF Torque control
1 ON Speed control
Under speed control, output torque of motor will match load automatically. In order to avoid
overcurrent fault caused by excessive output torque, it is necessary to set appropriate torque limit
value and keep output torque of motor within this limit. Please refer to the specification of F10.10 for
torque limited information.
Under torque control, torque can be set by different sources, by F10.16. Under torque control,
motor speed is determined by the difference between set torque and load torque. When the set torque
is bigger than load torque, motor will be accelerated continuously. When the set torque is smaller than
load torque, motor will be decelerated continuously. When the set torque is matching load torque well,
the speed of motor will be maintained. Therefore, it is necessary to set limit value of forward or reverse
speed during torque control so as to prevent over-run caused by continuous acceleration of motor.
Please set the speed limits in F10.18～F10.19 under torque control.
ATTENTION:
Jog mode will run in the manner of speed control, and torque control is disabled.

- 113 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

ASR low-speed proportional

F10.01 Range:0.0～100.0 Default:15.0
gain Kp1
ASR low-speed integration
F10.02 Range:0.001～30.000s Default:0.050s
time Ti1
F10.03 ASR switching frequency 1 Range:0.0～F10.06 Default:5.0Hz
ASR high-speed
F10.04 Range:0.0～100.0 Default:10.0
proportional gain Kp2
ASR high-speed integration
F10.05 Range:0.000～30.000s Default:0.100s
time Ti2
F10.06 ASR switching frequency 2 Range:F10.03～Fup Default:10.0Hz
Speed loop PI parameters vary with running frequencies of the AC drive.
If the running frequency is less than or equal to "Switchover frequency 1" (F10.03), the speed loop
PI parameters are F10.00 and F10.01.
If the running frequency is equal to or greater than "Switchover frequency 2" (F10.06), the speed
loop PI parameters are F10.04 and F10.05.
If the running frequency is between F10.03 and F10.03, the speed loop PI parameters are
obtained from the linear switchover between the two groups of PI parameters.
The speed dynamic response characteristics in vector control can be adjusted by setting
theproportional gain and integral time of the speed regulator.To achieve a faster system response,
increase the proportional gain and reduce the integral time. Be aware that this may lead to system
oscillation.
The recommended adjustment method is as follows:
If the factory setting cannot meet the requirements, make proper adjustment. Increase the
proportional gain first to ensure that the system does not oscillate, and then reduce the integral time to
ensure that the system has quick response and small overshoot.
ATTENTION:
Improper PI parameter setting may cause too large speed overshoot, and overvoltage fault may
even occur when the overshoot drops.
F10.07 ASR input filtering time Range:0.0～500.0ms Default:3.0ms
F10.08 ASR output filtering time Range:0.0～500.0ms Default:0.0ms
Sets the input/output filtering time of ASR.No need to modify its default setting if not have special
requirement.
F10.09 Vector control slip gain Range:50～200% Default:100%
For SFVC, it is used to adjust speed stability accuracy of the motor. When the motor with load
runs at a very low speed, increase the value of this parameter; when the motor with load runs at a very
large speed, decrease the value of this parameter.
For CLVC, it is used to adjust the output current of the AC drive with same load.
Digital setting of torque upper
F10.10 Range:50.0～200.0% Default:165%
limit in speed control mode
In the speed control mode, the maximum output torque of the AC drive is restricted by F10.10.

Excitation adjustment
F10.11 Range:0.00～10.00 Default:0.50
proportional gain Kp1
Excitation adjustment integral
F10.12 Range:0.0～3000.0ms Default:10.0ms
gain Ti1
Torque adjustment
F10.13 Range:0.00～10.00 Default:0.50
proportional gain Kp2
Torque adjustment integral
F10.14 Range:0.0～3000.0ms Default:10.0ms
gain Ti2
These are current loop PI parameters for vector control. These parameters are automatically
obtained through "Asynchronous motor complete auto-tuning" or "Synchronous motor no-load
auto-tuning", and need not be modified.
F10.15 Excitation gain coefficient Range: 50.0～200.0% Default: 100.0%
For sensorless vector control, the parameter is used to adjust the exciting current of the motor. When
the motor torque is low, the parameter is increased, otherwise the parameter is decreased. For speed
sensor vector control, this parameter can adjust the no-load excitation current of the motor.
- 114 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Torque setting source under

F10.16 Range:0～6 Default:0
torque control
F10.17 Digital setting of torque Range:-200～200% Default:50.0%
F10.16 is used to set the torque setting source. There are a total of 6 torque setting sources.
The torque setting is a relative value. 100.0% corresponds to the AC drives rated torque. The
setting range is -200.0% to 200.0%, indicating the AC drive's maximum torque is twice of the AC
drive's rated torque.
If the torque setting is positive, the AC drive rotates in forward direction. If the torque setting is
negative, the AC drive rotates in reverse direction.
0: Digital setting (F10.17)
The target torque directly uses the value set in F10.17.
1: Keypad potentiometer
2: AI1
3: AI2
4: AI3
The target torque is decided by analog input.
5: Pulse setting (DI7/HI)
The target torque is set by DI7/HI (high-speed pulse). The pulse setting signal specification is
9–30 V (voltage range) and 0–100 kHz (frequency range). The pulse can only be input via DI7.
6: Communication setting
The target torque is set by means of communication.
Forward speed limited value
F10.18 Range:0.0～Fmax Default:50.0Hz
under torque control
Reverse speed limited value
F10.19 Range:0.0～Fmax Default:50.0Hz
under torque control
When F00.26=0,Two parameters are used to set the maximum frequency in forward or reverse
rotation in torque control mode.
In torque control, if the load torque is smaller than the motor output torque, the motor's rotational
speed will rise continuously. To avoid runaway of the mechanical system, the motor maximum rotating
speed must be limited in torque control.
You can implement continuous change of the maximum frequency in torque control dynamically
by controlling the frequency upper limit.
F10.20 Set torque accel time Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s
F10.21 Set torque decel time Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s
In torque control, the difference between the motor output torque and the load torque determines
the speed change rate of the motor and load. The motor rotational speed may change quickly and this
will result in noise or too large mechanical stress. The setting of acceleration/deceleration time in
torque control makes the motor rotational speed change softly.
However, in applications requiring rapid torque response, set theacceleration/deceleratio time in
torque control to 0.00s.
For example, two AC drives are connected to drive the same load. To balance the load allocation,
set one AC drive as master in speed control and the other as slave in torque control. The slave
receives the master's output torque as the torque command and must follow the master rapidly. In this
case, the acceleration/deceleration time of the slave in torque control is set to 0.0s.
Static friction torque
F10.22 Range:0.0～100.0% Default:5.0%
compensation
F10.23 Static friction frequency range Range:0.0～20.0Hz Default:1.0Hz
This parameter takes effect only in torque control. To compensate the static friction of system at
the start, additional torque might be needed. When the motor runs, static friction torque compensation
is disabled. 100% corresponds to rated torque of motor.
Sliding friction torque
F10.24 Range:0.0～100.0% Default:1.0%
compensation
This parameter takes effect only in torque control. To compensate the sliding friction during
running, additional torque might be needed. 100% corresponds to rated torque of motor.

F10.25 Rotary inertia compensation Range:0.0～200.0% Default:30.0%

- 115 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
coeff
This parameter takes effect only in torque control. This parameter value is to compensate
mechanical rotary inertia during acceleration/deceleration.
0: Set by F10.18 & F10.19
1:Keypad potentiometer
Max Frequency source 2:AI1
F10.26 0 ×
under torque control 3:AI2
4:AI3
5: Pulse setting ( DI7/HI )
This parameter takes effect only in torque control. F10.26 is used to set the Max frequency source
under torque control.
Group F11 Protection Parameters
F11.00 Current limit control Range:0～2 Default:2
F11.01 Current limit Range:100.0～200.0% Default:150.0%
Frequency decreasing time (limit
F11.02 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:5.0s
current in constant speed operation)
F11.03 Current limit mode 2 proportio gain Range:0.1～100.0% Default:3.0%
F11.04 Current limit mode 2 integral time Range:0.00～10.00 Default:10.00s
F11.00=0: Current limit disabled
F11.00=1: Current limit mode 1
During acceleration and deceleration, if output current exceeds current limit (F11.01), inverter
stops acceleration/deceleration and remains at present running frequency, and will
accelerate/decelerate as per previous acceleration/deceleration time after output current decreased.
During steady state, after output current exceeds the current limit (F11.01), inverter decelerates
as per the decreasing time (F11.02) of constant speed current frequency, and the minimum
deceleration could reach lower limit frequency (F01.10). After output current decreases, inverterwill
accelerate to setting frequency as per setting acceleration time, see Figure 6-19.
Output current (A)

Current limit

Time
Output frequency(Hz)

Acceleration Constant speed Deceleration Time

process process process
Figure 6-27
F11.00=2: Current limit mode 2
Current limit mode 2 is applied to the applications which are sensitive to acceleration/ deceleration
time. In this mode, the motor current is automatically adjusted by regulating the output frequency as
per the PI parameterse set in F11.03 and F11.04.
For load with larger inertia if overcurrent occurs during acceleration, the propotional gain may be
increased. For overcurrent during deceleration, the proportional gain may be decreased. For load with
smaller inertia, the propotional gain may be kept smaller. Integral time can be adjusted for fine tunning
in both cases.

F11.05 Overvoltage stall control Range:0～2 Default: 2

F11.06 Overvoltage stall voltage Range: 600～800V Default: 730V

- 116 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Overvoltage stall mode 2
F11.07 Range:0.1～100.0% Default:50.0%
proportion gain
Overvoltage stall mode2
F11.08 Range: 0.00～50.00Hz Default: 5.00Hz
frequency limited

F11.05=0: Overvoltage Stall Disabled.

F11.05=1: Overvoltage Stall Mode 1
In deceleration process, after DC bus voltage exceeds overvoltage stall voltage (F11.06), inverter
stops deceleration process, and remains at present running frequency. After DC bus voltage
decreases, inverter will decelerate as per previous deceleration time, see Figure 6-20.
DC bus voltage(V)

Overvoltage stall level

Time
Output frequency(Hz)

Acceleration Constant speed Deceleration Time

process process process
Figure 6-28
F11.05=2: Overvoltage Stall Mode 2
For large inertia load, mode 2 can be used when there are still overvoltage faults in mode 1.
Mode 2 control bus voltage within the set values by adjusting output frequency.
For larger inertia load , scaling factor(F11.07) of overvoltage stall mode 2 will be larger, otherwise, it
will result in overvoltage fault when without good control. F11.08 function code control use to output
frequency in mode 2.

F11.10 Protection action 1 Range:00000～33333 Default:03330

Unit's place: Bus undervoltage（Err07)
0: Fault reported and coast to stop
1: Stop according to the stop mode
2: Fault reported but continues to run
3: Fault protection disabled
Ten's digit: Power input phase Loss (Err09) (Same as unit's place)
Hundred's digit: Power output phase loss (Err10) (Same as unit's place)
Thousand's digit: Motor overload (Err11) (Same as unit's place)
Ten thousand's digit: Inverter overload (Err11) (Same as unit's place)
Note:
If "Coast to stop" is selected, the AC drive displays Err** and directly stops.
If "Stop according to the stop mode" is selected, the AC drive displays A** and stops according to
the stop mode. After stop, the AC drive displays Err**.
If "Continue to run" is selected, the AC drive continues to run and displays A**. The running
frequency is set in F11-14.
F11.11 Protection action 2 Range:00000～22222 Default:00000
Unit's place: External equipment fault（Err13)
0: Fault reported and coast to stop
1: Stop according to the stop mode
2: Fault reported but continues to run
Ten's digit: EEPROM read/write fault (Err15) (Same as unit's place)
- 117 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Hundred's digit: Communication overtime error (Err18) (Same as unit's place)
Thousand's digit: PID feedback loss (Err19) (Same as unit's place)
Ten thousand's digit: Continuous running time reached (Err20) (Same as unit's place)
F11.12 Protection action 2 Range: 00～32 Default: 00
Unit's place: Module temperature detection disconnection（Err24)
0: Fault reported and coast to stop
1: Stop according to the stop mode
2: Fault reported but continues to run
Ten's digit: Load becoming 0 (Err25) (Same as unit's place)
Frequency selection for
F11.14 Range: 0～4 Default: 00
continuing to run upon fault
Backup frequency upon
F11.15 Range:0.0～Fmax Default: 0.0Hz
abnormality
0: Current running frequency
1: Set frequency
2: Frequency upper limit
3: Frequency lower limit
F11.17 Motor overload protection time Range:30.0～300.0s Default:60s
4: Backup frequency upon abnormality（F11.15）
The default is that inverter trips Err11 fault if 150% overload lasts for 1 minute at hot start, see
Figure 6-21 for motor overload protection time. During normal operation, motor overload protection
operates in the area between a cold start and a hot start.
Cold start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that was suddenly
reached when starting a stationary motor.
Hot start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that occurred
during sustained operation at rated current.
Operation time(Minutes)

7.8
Cold start

Hot start

0 100 150 200 Motor current（%）

Figure 6-29
F11.18 Overload alarm Range:00000～11111 Default:00000
Unit's place: detection option
0: Always detect
Overload alarm works all the time during drive running.
1: Detect at constant speed only
Overload pre-alarm only works during constant-speed running of inverter.
Ten’s place: compared object
0: Rated current of motor
Compared object is the rated current relative to motor, and display " A11" when the alarm is given
under this setting
1: Rated current of drive

- 118 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Compared object is the rated current of drive, and display " A12" when the alarm is given under
this setting.
Hundred’s place: Select whether report fault or not
0: Not report fault.
1: Report fault
Thousand’s place: Select whether decelerate or not
0: Not decelerate
1: Decelerate
Ten thousand’s place: Given mode for over-load level
0: F11.19 Set
1: F11.19 * VP(potentiometer on keypad)
2: F11.19 * AI1
3: F11.19 * AI2
4: F11.19 * AI3

F11.19 Overload alarm threshold Range:20.0～200.0% Default:130.0%

When 0 is set at decade of F11.18, this set value is a percentage compared to rated current of
motor. When 1 is set of that, this set value is a percentage compared to rated current of drive.
Overload alarm activated time
F11.20 Range:0.1～60.0s Default:5.0s
that exceeding threshold
Set the lasting time that overload alarm is activated when output current of drive is bigger than the
threshold set by F11.19.

Inverter overheat warning Range:50.0～overheat Default: Model

F11.21
threshold Temperature defined
Sets the threshold of drive t overheat alarm. When the maximum internal temperature of drive is
higher than this value, the drive displays thermal alarm code “A14", but won’t influence the running.
F11.22 Detection level of load loss Range:5.0～100.0% Default:20.0%
F11.23 Detection time of load loss Range:0.1～60.0s Default:5.0s
When the output current of the AC drive is lower than the detection level (F11.22) and the lasting
time exceeds the detection time (F11.23), fault reported （Err25）and coast to stop.
Action selection at
F11.24 Range: 0～2 Defailt: 0
instantaneous power failure
0: Disabled
1: Deceleration
After power off, bus voltage is less than instantaneous power off bus voltage F11.30, and keep
instantaneous power off voltage judge time F11.32, inverter start to reduce the running frequency via
decel time at instantaneous power failure, the motor is in the state of power generation, the power
feedback to maintain the bus voltage to ensure the normal running of inverter until the bus voltage is
bigger than the instantaneous power off recovery voltage F11.31, then continue to run till the target
frequency.
2: Bus voltage constant control
After power off, bus voltage is less than the instantaneous power off bus voltage F11.30, inverter
will adjust the output frequency via PI adjustment F11.33 automatically

Decel time at Range: 0.0～6000.0s

F11.25 Default: 5.0s
instantaneous power failure
Instantaneous power off Range: 60.0%～F11.31
F11.30 Default: 80.0%
bus voltage
Instantaneous power off Range: F11.30～100.0%
F11.31 Default: 85.0%
recovery voltage
Instantaneous power off Range: 0.01～10.00s
F11.32 Default: 0.10s
voltage judge time
Instantaneous power off Range: 0.1～100.0%
F11.33 Default: 40.0%
gain Kp
Instantaneous integration time Range: 0.00～10.00s(0.00:
F11.34 Default: 0.10s
Ti Integration invalid)
- 119 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Notice:
1. Proper adjustment of F11.25, can avoid production stop due tothe protection of the inverter
when power switch
2. Input phase lack protection function must be forbidden to enable this feature
F11.26 Rapid current limit Range: 0～1 Default: 0
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
The rapid current limit function can reduce the AC drive's overcurrent faults at maximum,
guaranteeing uninterrupted running of the AC drive.However, long-time rapid current limit may cause
the AC drive to overheat, which is not allowed. In this case, the AC drive will report Err26, indicating
the AC drive is overloaded and needs to stop
Times of automatic trip(fault )
F11.27 Range:0～20 Default: 0
reset
It is used to set the times of fault auto resets if this function is used. After the value is exceeded,
the AC drive will remain in the fault state.
Interval of automatic trip(fault)
F11.28 Range:0.1～100.0s Default:1.0s
reset
It is used to set the waiting time from the alarm of the AC drive to fault auto reset.
DO action during fault auto
F11.29 Range:0～1 Default: 0
reset
0: Not act
1: Act
It is used to decide whether the DO acts during the fault auto reset if the fault auto reset function is
selected.
The type of motor temperature
F11.35 Range: 0～2 Default: 0
sensor
0:None
1:PT100
2:PT1000
Select whitch port as the supply
F11.36 of the motor temperature Range: 0～2 Default: 0
sensor
0:None
1:AO1
Select AO1 as the power input of motor temperature sensor
2:AO2
Select AO2 as the power input of motor temperature sensor
Select whitch channel to detect
F11.37 the feedback voltage of motor Range: 0～3 Default: 0
temperature sensor
0:None
1:AI1
Select AI1 to detect the feedback voltage of motor temperature sensor
2:AI2
Select AI2 to detect the feedback voltage of motor temperature sensor 。
3:AI3
Select AI3 to detect the feedback voltage of motor temperature sensor

The threshold value of motor

F11.38 Range: 0～200 ℃ Default: 90 ℃
temperature warning
The threshold value of motor
F11.39 Range: 0～200 ℃ Default: 110 ℃
temperature action
When the temperature detected by motor temperature sensor is greater than the value set by
F11.38, inverter will give alarm and display A39 on keypad. When the temperature detected is greater
than the value set byF11.39, inverter will report Err39.

- 120 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Group F12 Multi-Reference and Simple PLC Function
F12.00 Reference 0 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.01 Reference 1 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.02 Reference 2 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.03 Reference 3 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.04 Reference 4 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.05 Reference 5 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.06 Reference 6 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.07 Reference 7 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.08 Reference 8 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.09 Reference 9 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.10 Reference 10 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.11 Reference 11 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.12 Reference 12 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.13 Reference 13 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.14 Reference 14 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F12.15 Reference 15 Range:-100.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
At most 16 steps of multi-feference can be set by different status combinations of " multi-feference
terminals 1～4" of digital input.
Multi-reference can be the setting source of frequency, V/F separated voltage and process PID.
The multi-reference is relative value and ranges from -100.0% to 100.0%.
As frequency source, it is a percentage relative to the maximum frequency. As V/F separated
voltage source, it is a percentage relative to the rated motor voltage. As process PID setting source, it
does not require conversion.
Multi-reference can be switched over based on different states of DI terminals. For details, see the
descriptions of group F4.
F12.16 Reference 0 source Range:0～6 Default: 0
0: Digital setting（F12.00)
1: keypad potentiometer
2: AI1
3: Process PID output
4: X7/HI pulse input
5: AI2
6: AI3
It determines the setting channel of reference 0. You can perform convenient switchover between
the setting channels. When multi-reference or simple PLC is used as frequency source, the switchover
between two frequency sources can be realized easily.
F12.17 Running mode of simple PLC Range:0000～1132 Default:0000
Unit's place: PLC running mode
0: Stop after a single cycle
PLC stops upon the completion of one cycle and it won’t be started unless another run command
is given, shown as Fig. 6-22.

- 121 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Output frequency(Hz)

f5
f4 a5

f3 a4
f2 f15
a3 d6 f14 a15
f1 a2
f0 a1 f13 a14 d15
f12 a13
a0 T7 T8 T9 T10 T11 a12
0 T0 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 a6 T12 T13T14 T15
f6 a7
f7
a8
a9 d12
f8
f9 a10
f10 a11
f11

Pulse length:250ms

PLC cycle completed

Run command
Fig. 6-30
1: Continue to run with the last frequency after a single cycle
After the completion of one cycle, PLC maintains the running frequency and direction of the last
step. See the figure below:
Output frequency(Hz)

f5
f4 a5

f3 a4
f2 f15
a3 d6 f14 a15
f1 a2
f0 a1 f13 a14

f12 a13
a0 T7 T8 T9 T10 T11 a12
0 T0 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 a6 T12 T13T14 T15
f6 a7
f7
a8
a9 d12
f8
f9 a10
f10 a11
f11

Pulse length:250ms

PLC cycle completed

Run command
Fig. 6-31
2: Repeat cycles
PLC automatically starts another cycle after finishing one until there is a stop command, shown
as Fig. 6-24.

- 122 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Output frequency(Hz)

f5
f4 a5

f3 a4
f2 f15
a3 d6 f14 a15
f1 a2 d0
f0 a1 f13 a14

f12 a13 f0
a0 T7 T8 T9 T10 T11 a12
0 T0 T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 a6 T12 T13T14 T15
f6 a7
f7
a8
a9 d12
f8
f9 a10
f10 a11
f11

Pulse length:250ms

PLC cycle completed

Run command
Fig. 6-32
Decade: started mode
0: Continue to run from the step of stop (or fault)
At the moment drive stop, the drive automatically records the running time of current step. When
restarted, the drive will gets into this step, continue to run the remanent time with the frequency of this
step.
1: Run from the first step “multi-step reference 0”
When restarted after stop, the drive will start to run from “step 0”.
2: Run from the Eighth step “multi-step reference 8”
When restarted after stop, the drive will start to run from “step 8”.
3: Run from the Fifteenth step “multi-step reference 15”
When restarted after stop, the drive will start to run from “step15”.
Hundreds place: power loss memory
0: Memory disabled on power loss
The drive does not memorize PLC running status on power loss and starts the running from step
0 after power up again.
1: Memory enabled on power loss
The drive saves PLC running status on power loss, including the running step, running frequency
and finished running time at the moment of power loss. After the next power up, the running will be
continued in accordance with the memorized status.
Thousands place: unit of simple PLC running time
0: Second
1: Hour
Set the unit of running time and Accel/Decel time of simple PLC.
F12.18 Running time of step 0 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.19 Running time of step 1 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.20 Running time of step 2 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.21 Running time of step 3 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.22 Running time of step 4 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.23 Running time of step 5 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.24 Running time of step 6 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.25 Running time of step 7 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.26 Running time of step 8 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.27 Running time of step 9 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.28 Running time of step 10 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.29 Running time of step 11 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.30 Running time of step 12 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.31 Running time of step 13 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
F12.32 Running time of step 14 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
- 123 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
F12.33 Running time of step 15 Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.34 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 0
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.35 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 1
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.36 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 2
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.37 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 3
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.38 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 4
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.39 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 5
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.40 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 6
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.41 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 7
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.42 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 8
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.43 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 9
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.44 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 10
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.45 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 11
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.46 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 12
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.47 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 13
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.48 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 14
Acceleration/deceleration time
F12.49 Range: 0～3 Default: 0
of simple PLC reference 15
Sets the running time for step 0～15 of simple PLC. The time unit is set by thousand’s place of F12.17.
UP/DOWN function selection of
F12.50 Range: 00～11 Default: 00
multi-reference
UP/DOWN speed of
F12.51 Range: 0.0～100% Default: 0.0%
multi-reference
Frequency of multi-reference can be adjusted by UP/DOWN function, adjustment speed is set by
function code F12.51
Unit’s place:Action selection when power off
0:Zero clearing when power off
1:keep the value when power off
Ten’s place:select if it can bu reduced to negative
0:Disable
1:Enable

- 124 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Group F13 Process PID

The purpose of process PID control is to make feedback value consistent with the set value.
PID control diagram is as shown in Fig. 6-25.
F13.08\F13.11
P
PID positive and
negative adjustment Integration
F13.04 paused F13.09\F13. F13.18
F13.00 F13.05 F13.17 0 0 0 +
12
Filtering time + +
PID setting PID offset limit I
of PID setting -1
1 1 1 +

-
F13.02 F13.06 Last time Integration value
Filtering time
PID feedback F13.10\F13.13 PID differential limit F13.19
of PID fdback
D

PID output limit

F13.07 F13.22/F13.23
F13.21 0 Filtering time of
0 PID output
Output
frequency 1
1
F13.20 Last time PID
output
PID initial value

Fig. 6-33
F13.00 PID setting Range: 0～7 Default: 0
Select the setting source of PID control.
0: F13.01 digital setting
1: keypad potentiometer
2: AI1
3: Communication
4: Multi-Reference
5: DI7/HI pulse input
6: AI2
7: AI3
F13.01 PID digital setting Range:0.0～100.0% Default:50.0%
When F13.00 is set to 0, this parameter value is taken as set value of PID.
F13.02 PID feedback Range:0～8 Default:0
Select the feedback source of PID control.
0: AI1
1: AI2
2: Communication
3: AI1+AI2
4: AI1-AI2
5: Max{AI1，AI2}
6: Min{AI1，AI2}
7: DI7/HI pulse input
8: AI3
F13.03 PID setting feedback range Range:0.0～6000.0 Default:100.0
This parameter is a non-dimensional unit. It is used for PID setting display (U00.11) and PID
feedback display (U00.12).Relative value 100% of PID setting feedback corresponds to the value of
F13.03.
If F13.03 is set to 1000 and PID setting is 50.0%, the PID setting display (U00.11) is 500.
F13.04 PID action direction Range:0～1 Default:0
0: Positive adjustment
1: Negative adjustment
This parameter can be used with digital input terminal "PID adjustment direction" to select positive
or negative adjustment of PID.
F13.04 PID adjustment direction terminal Adjustment
0 OFF Positive
- 125 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
0 ON Negative
1 OFF Negative
1 ON Positive
Positive adjustment:
When feedback signal is smaller than PID setting, output frequency of the drive will rise to reach
PID balance.
When feedback signal is bigger than PID setting, output frequency of the drive will drop to reach
PID balance.
Negative adjustment:
When feedback signal is smaller than PID setting, output frequency of the drive will drop to reach
PID balance.
When feedback signal is bigger than PID setting, output frequency of the drive will rise to reach
PID balance.
F13.05 Filtering time of PID setting Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.000s
Filtering time of PID
F13.06 Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.000s
feedback
F13.07 Filtering time of PID output Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.000s
Set the filtering time of PID setting, feedback and output.
F13.08 Proportional gain Kp1 Range:0.0～100.0 Default:1.0
F13.09 Integration time Ti1 Range:0.01～10.00s Default:0.10s
F13.10 Differential time Td1 Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.000s
Proportional gain Kp1:
It decides the regulating intensity of the PID regulator. The higher the Kp1 is, the larger the
regulating intensity is. The value 100.0 indicates when the deviation between PID feedback and PID
setting is 100.0%; the adjustment amplitude of the PID regulator on the output frequency reference is
the maximum frequency.
Integral time Ti1:
It decides the integral regulating intensity. The shorter the integral time is, the larger the regulating
intensity is. When the deviation between PID feedback and PID setting is 100.0%, the integral
regulator performs continuous adjustment for the time set in FA-06. Then the adjustment amplitude
reaches the maximum frequency.
Differential time Td1:
It decides the regulating intensity of the PID regulator on the deviation change. The longer the
differential time is, the larger the regulating intensity is. Differential time is the time within which the
feedback value change reaches 100.0%, and then the adjustment amplitude reaches the maximum
frequency.
F13.11 Proportional gain Kp2 Range:0.0～100.0 Default:1.0
F13.12 Integration time Ti2 Range:0.01～10.00s Default:0.10s
F13.13 Differential time Td2 Range:0.000～10.000s Default:0.000s
In some applications, PID parameters switchover is required when one group of PID parameters
cannot satisfy the requirement of the whole running process.These parameters are used for
switchover between two groups of PID parameters. Regulator parameters F13.11 to F13.13 are set in
the same way as F13.08 to F13.10.
F13.14 PID parameter switch Range:0～2 Default: 0
PID parameter switchover
F13.15 Range:0.0～100.0% Default:20.0%
deviation 1
PID parameter switchover
F13.16 Range:0.0～100.0% Default:80.0%
deviation 2
Process PID is provided with two groups of proportional, integral and differential parameters,
which is set by this parameter.
0: No switch, determined by parameters Kp1, Ti1 and Td1
Always determined by Kp1, Ti1 and Td1 set at F13.08 to F13.10.
1: Auto switched on the basis of input offset
When the offset between setting and feedback is less than the set value of F13.15, PID
adjustment is determined by Kp1, Ti1 and Td1. When the offset between setting and feedback is

- 126 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
bigger than the set value of F13.15, PID adjustment is determined by Kp2, Ti2 and Td2 set at F13.11
to F13.13.
2: Switched by terminal
When digital input terminal "PID parameters switch" is OFF, it is determined by Kp1, Ti1 and Td1.
When "PID parameters switch" is ON, it is determined by Kp2, Ti2 and Td2
F13.17 PID offset limit Range:0.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
If the offset between PID feedback and setting is more than this set value, PID regulator will
implement regulation. If the offset between PID feedback and setting is less than this set value, PID
will stop the regulation and the PID controller output will be kept unchanged. This function can improve
the stability of PID performance.
F13.18 PID integral property Range:00～11 Default:00
Unit's digit (Whether to stop integral operation when the output reaches the limit)
0: Continue integral operation
1: Stop integral operation
If "Stop integral operation" is selected, the PID integral operation stops, which may help to reduce
the PID, overshoot.
Ten's digit (Integral separated)
0: Invalid
1: Valid
If it is set to valid, the PID integral operation stops when the DI allocated with function 25 "PID
integral pause" is ON In this case, only proportional and differential operations take effect.
If it is set to invalid, integral separated remains invalid no matter whether the DI allocated with
function 25 "PID integral pause" is ON or not.
F13.19 PID differential limit Range:0.0～100.0% Default:0.5%
Set differential output limit of PID control.
F13.20 PID initial value Range:0.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
Holding time of PID initial
F13.21 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:0.0s
value
PID does not make adjustment when the drive starts its running, but outputs the value set by
F13.20 and maintains the holding time set by F13.21, then starts PID adjustment. When F13.21 is set
to 0.0, PID initial value is disabled. This function makes PID adjustment get into stable status fast.
PID output frequency Range: PID output frequency
F13.22 Default:100.0%
upper limit lower limit～100.0%
PID output frequency Range:–100.0%～PID output
F13.23 Default:-100.0%
lower limit frequency upper limit
This function is used to limit PID output frequency.100.0% corresponds to maximum frequency.
Low value of PID feedback Range:0.0%～100.0% Default:0.0%
F13.24
loss
Detection time for low value Range:0.0～30.0s Default:1.0s
F13.25
of PID feedback loss
High value of PID feedback Range:0.0%～100.0% Default:100.0%
F13.28
loss
Detection time for high value Range:0.0～30.0s Default:1.0s
F13.29
of PID feedback loss
When the PID feedback value is not in the range of F13.24 and F13.28, and lasting time attains
the set of F13.25/F13.28, then inverter will report Err19(PID feedback loss).
F13.26 PID operation at stop Range:00000～11111 Default:000
Unit’s place:operation selection when power off
0: No PID operation at stop
1: PID operation at stop
It is used to select whether to continue PID operation in the state of stop. Generally, the PID
operation stops when the AC drives stops.
Ten’s place: PID output is limited by output frequency
0: No limit
1: limit
When using PID regulation, Setting “1”can prevent output lags caused by the existence of
acceleration and deceleration.
- 127 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Hundred’s place: Action selection when using UP/DOWN function to modify the frequency in PID
mode.
0:Zero clearing when power off.
Clear the value(increased or decreased) caused by UP/DOWN function when power off
1:Keep the value when power off.
Keep the value (increased or decreased) caused by UP/DOWN function when power off
Thousand’s place: Select whether to detect PID feedback loss or not at stop.
0: No detection at stop.
1: Do detection at stop
Ten thousand’s place: Select action for PID feedback loss
0: Report fault
1: Ramp to stop
UP/DOWN speed of PID Range:0.0 ～ 100%(0.0%
F13.27 digital given Default: 0.0%
invalid)
This function code is to set the speed of UP/DOWN function, value 100% corresponding to 50Hz.

Group F14 Swing Frequency, Fixed Length, Count and Wakeup

The swing frequency function is applied to the textile and chemical fiber fields and the applications
where traversing and winding functions are required.
The swing frequency function indicates that the output frequency of the AC drive swings up and
down with the set frequency as the center. The trace of running frequency at the time axis is shown in
the following figure. The swing amplitude is set in F14.00 and F14.01. When F14.01 is set to 0, the
swing amplitude is 0 and the swing frequency does not take effect.
Output frequency (Hz)

Swing frequency upper limit

Jump frequency amplitude Swing
frequency
Set frequency Fset
amplitude

Swing frequency lower limit Jump frequency amplitude

Time
Accelerate by Dropping Rising Time of Decelerate by
acceleration time Time of Swing frequency deceleration
Swing time
Run frequency
command
Figure 6-34

Swing frequency setting

F14.00 Range:0～1 Default:0
mode
This parameter is used to select the base value of the swing amplitude.
0: Relative to the central frequency (group F01)
It is variable swing amplitude system. The swing amplitude varies with the central frequency (set
frequency).
1: Relative to the maximum frequency (F01.08maximum output frequency)
It is fixed swing amplitude system. The swing amplitude is fixed.
F14.01 Swing frequency amplitude Range:0.0～100.0% Default:0.0%
F14.02 Jump frequency amplitude Range:0.0～50.0% Default:0.0%
This parameter is used to determine the swing amplitude and jump frequency amplitude.
If relative to the central frequency (F14.00 = 0), the actual swing amplitude AW is the calculation
result of group F01 (Frequency source selection) multiplied by F14.01.
If relative to the maximum frequency (F14.00 = 1), the actual swing amplitude AW is the
calculation result of F01.08 (Maximum frequency) multiplied by F14.01.

- 128 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Jump frequency = Swing amplitude AW x F14.02 (Jump frequency amplitude). If relative to the
central frequency (F14.00= 0), the jump frequency is a variable value.If relative to the maximum
frequency (F14.00= 1), the jump frequency is a fixed value.
The swing frequency is limited by the frequency upper limit and frequency lower limit.
Rising Time of Swing
F14.03 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:5.0s
frequency
Dropping Time of Swing
F14.04 Range:0.0～6000.0s Default:5.0s
frequency
See Figure 6-26.
F14.05 Set length Range:0～65535m Default:1000m
F14.06 Number of pulses per meter Range:0.0～6553.5 Default:100.0
The preceding parameters are used for fixed length control.
The length information is collected by DI terminals. U00.27 (Actual length) is calculated by
dividing the number of pulses collected by the DI terminal by F14.06 (Number of pulses each meter).
When the actual length U00.27 exceeds the set length in F14.05, the DO terminal allocated with
function (Length reached) becomes ON.During the fixed length control, the length reset operation can
be performed via the DI terminal allocated with function 35. For details, see the descriptions of F04.00
to F04.09.
Allocate corresponding DI terminal with function 34 (Length count input) in applications. If the
pulse frequency is high, DI7/HI must be used.
F14.15
(Set length)
F05.00～F05.03=19
≥ (Length reached)
F04.06=34 F14.16
Length pulses input ÷ U00.29 After the length is
(Length pulses (Number of pulses
(Actual length) reached, the DO
input) permeter)
Reset becomes 1.
Clear to 0

Length reset F04.00～F04.06=35

(Length reset)

Length pulses input

1 2 3 4 5 6

U00.27=0
Length reset input
F14.15=6
U00.27=6
Length reached output

Figure 6-35
Command when the length
F14.07 Range:0～1 Default: 0
attained
0: Not stop
1: Stop
This parameter sets the action of the drive when actual length attains the length set by F14.05.
Actual length can be cleared through digital input terminal "length clear".
 ATTENTION:
 When actual length is detected to attain the set length, digital output terminal "length attained"
outputs ON signal no matter the drive is set to stop or not stop.
 Actual length is saved at power loss and can be read in both stop and running.
F14.08 Set count value Range:1～65535 Default:1000
F14.09 Designated count value Range:1～65535 Default:1000
The count value needs to be collected by DI terminal. Allocate the corresponding DI terminal with
function 32 (Counter input) in applications. If the pulse frequency is high, DI7/HI must be used.
When the count value reaches the set count value (F14.08), the DO terminal allocated with
function 17 (Set count value reached) becomes ON. Then the counter stops counting.
When the counting value reaches the designated counting value (F14.09), the DO terminal
allocated with function 17 (Designated count value reached) becomes ON. Then the counter continues
to count until the set count value is reached.
F14.09 should be equal to or smaller than F14.08.
Figure 6-28 Reaching the set count value and designated count value

- 129 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
F14.08 After the designated
(Designated counting value is
counting value) reached, set the DO
F05.00～F05.03=17 terminal to 1.
≥ (Designated
counting value reached)
Counting pulses F04.00～F04.06=32 U00.28
(Counting pulses) (Counting value)
Reset F05.00～F05.03=18
F14.09 ≥ (Set counting
Clear to 0 (Set counting value reached) After the set counting
value) value is reached, set
Reset
the DO terminal to 1.
Counting reset F04.00～F04.06=33
(Counting reset)

Counting pulses input

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

U00.28=0
Counting reset input
F14.08=6
Designated counting U00.28=6
value reached output
F14.08=9
Set counting value
U00.28=9
reached output

Figure 6-36

ATTENTION:
Actual count value can be cleared through digital input terminal "count clear".
Actual count value is saved at power loss.
Range:Dormancy
F14.10 Wake up frequency Default: 0.00Hz
frequency～Fmax
F14.11 Wake up delay time Range: 0.0～6000.0s Default: 0.0s
Range: 0.00～Wake up
F14.12 Dormancy frequency Default: 0.00Hz
frequency
F14.13 Dormancy delay time Range: 0.0～6000.0s Default: 0.0s
Range: 0.0%～Dormancy
F14.17 Wake up pressure Default: 10.0%
pressure
Range: Wake up
F14.18 Dormancy pressure Default: 50.0%
pressure～100.0%
The parameters are used for the dormancy and wake up function in water supply application
During inverter operation, when F14.15 set to be “0”, and when setting frequency is lower than
F14.12, after delay time of F14.13, inverter entry dormancy and stop. When F14.15 set to be “1”, and
when pressure feedback is bigger than F14.18, after delay time of F14.13, inverter entry dormancy
and stop
During inverter dormancy, when F14.14 set to be “0”, and when setting frequency is bigger than
F14.10, after delay time of F14.11, inverter start to operate; When F14.14 set to be “1”, and when
pressure feedback is lower than F14.17, after delay time of F14.11, inverter start to operate
Usually, please set wake up frequency bigger than dormancy frequency. If wake up frequency and
dormancy frequency are set to be 0.00Hz, wake up and dormancy function is invalid.
When start dormancy function, if frequency source is PID, need to set F13.26 to be “1” PID
operation at stop
F14.14 Wake up mode selection Range: 0～1 Default: 0
0: Frequency
When inverter in dormancy, wake up mode is frequency wake up
1: Pressure
When inverter in dormancy, wake up mode is pressure wake up
F14.15 Dormancy mode selection Range: 0～1 Default: 0
0: Frequency
Inverter dormancy mode is frequency dormancy
1: Pressure
Inverter dormancy mode is pressure dormancy
F14.16 Pressure feedback source Range:00～13 Default:00
When voltage dormancy or wake up:
Unit’s place: Pressure feedback channel
0:AI1
Pressure feedback given by AI1
- 130 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
1:AI2
Pressure feedback given by AI2
2:DI7/HI pulse input
Pressure feedback given by DI7/HI
Ten’s place: dormancy mode on pressure
0: Positive mode, dormancy on high pressure and wakeup on low pressure
When inverter is running, if the pressure feedback is higher than dormancy pressure, then inverter
enter into dormancy.
When inverter is in dormancy, if the pressure feedback is lower than wake up pressure, then
inverter wake up from dormancy
1: Negative mode, dormancy on low pressure and wake up on high pressure.
When inverter is running, if the pressure feedback is lower than dormancy pressure, then inverter
enter into dormancy.
When inverter is in dormancy, if the pressure feedback is higher than wake up pressure, then
inverter wake up from dormancy

Group F15 Communication Parameters

F15.00 Baud rate Range:0～5 Default:1
0: 4800bps 1: 9600bps
2: 19200bps 3: 38400bps
4: 57600bps 5: 115200bps
F15.01 Data format Range:0～3 Default:0
0: No check, data format (1-8-N-2) for RTU
1: Even parity check, data format (1-8-E-1) for RTU
2: Odd Parity check, data format (1-8-O-1) for RTU
3: No check, data format (1-8-N-1) for RTU
F15.02 Local address Range:1～247 Default:1
Set this drive address. 0 is broadcast address, while available addresses are 1～247.
F15.03 Communication timeout Range:0.0～60.0s Default:0.0s
This parameter sets communication error detection time. When it's set to 0.0, no communication
Error will be reported.
F15.04 Response time delay Range:0～200ms Default:1ms
Set response time delay of this drive to the master.
Master-slave Communication
F15.05 Range:0～1 Default:0
Mode
0: The inverter is the slave
PC as master controls the drive. This supports all communication protocols.
1: The inverter is the master
This drive as master sends current running frequency data or set frequency data (F15.06) through
RS-485 port to 2001H. Data cannot be received but sent.
The Master Communication
F15.06 Range:0～1 Default:0
Sending Data
0: Set frequency
1: Current running frequency
Informaion return when
F15.07 Range: 0～1 Default: 1
communication error
0: No return
1: Return
Group U00.00 output
F15.08 Range: 0～1 Default: 0
frequency numerical attribute
0:Positive and negative value （Forward: Positive value，reverse: negative value）
1: Absolute value

- 131 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Group F16 Keys and Display of Keypad Parameters

F16.00 MF.K key setting Range:0～4 Default:1
0: No function
1: Jog
2: Forward/reverse switchover
3: Run command sources shifted
4:Jog reverse
F16.01 Function of STOP/RST key Range:00～11 Default:01
F16.11 Speed display coefficient Range:0.00～100.00 Default: 1.00
Unit’s place: STOP/RST key function
0: STOP/RST key valid only when under keypad control
1: STOP/RST key valid under any run command source
Ten’s place: speed display(the value of U00.05)
0:Display the speed estimated
1:Display the value(frequency multiply by speed display coefficient F16.11)
F16.02 Keys locked option Range:0～4 Default:0
0: Not locked
1: Full locked
2: Keys locked other than RUN, STOP/RST
3: Keys locked other than STOP/RST
4: Keys locked other than >>
LED displayed parameters
F16.03 Range:0～99 Default:0
setting 1 on running status
LED displayed parameters
F16.04 Range:0～99 Default:6
setting 2 on running status
LED displayed parameters
F16.05 Range:0～99 Default:3
setting 3 on running status
LED displayed parameters
F16.06 Range:0～99 Default:2
setting 4 on running status
Sets LED displayed parameters on running status. When a number of parameters are selected to
be displayed, skim- through could be performed using key >> on keypad. 0～99 corresponding
U00.00～U00.99.
LED displayed parameters
F16.07 Range:0～99 Default:1
setting 1 on stop status
LED displayed parameters
F16.08 Range:0～99 Default:6
setting 2 on stop status
LED displayed parameters
F16.09 Range:0～99 Default:15
setting 3 on stop status
LED displayed parameters
F16.10 Range:0～99 Default:16
setting 4 on stop status
Sets LED displayed parameters on stop status. When a number of parameters are selected to be
displayed, skim-through could be realized via key >> on keypad. 0～99 corresponding U00.00 ～
U00.99.
F16.12 Power display coefficient Range: 0.0～300.0% Default: 100.0%
The parameter is used to adjust the value of power displayed on keypad
The enable difference range of Range: 0.00Hz～
F16.13 Default:0.10Hz
U00.00 and U00.01 5.00Hz
When the difference range of U00.00 and U00.01 is within the set value of F16.13, then the value
of U00.00 will be stable.

- 132 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Group F17 User-defined Display Parameters

User-defined Display
F17.00 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:00.03
Parameter 0
User-defined Display
F17.01 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:01.01
Parameter 1
User-defined Display
F17.02 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:01.02
Parameter 2
User-defined Display
F17.03 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:01.08
Parameter 3
User-defined Display
F17.04 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:01.09
Parameter 4
User-defined Display
F17.05 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:02.00
Parameter 5
User-defined Display
F17.06 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:02.01
Parameter 6
User-defined Display
F17.07 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:02.12
Parameter 7
User-defined Display
F17.08 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:03.00
Parameter 8
User-defined Display
F17.09 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:03.01
Parameter 9
User-defined Display
F17.10 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:04.00
Parameter 10
User-defined Display
F17.11 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:04.01
Parameter 11
User-defined Display
F17.12 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:04.02
Parameter 12
User-defined Display
F17.13 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:04.03
Parameter 13
User-defined Display
F17.14 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:05.02
Parameter 14
User-defined Display
F17.15 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:08.01
Parameter 15
User-defined Display
F17.16 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:08.02
Parameter 16
User-defined Display
F17.17 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:08.03
Parameter 17
User-defined Display
F17.18 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:08.04
Parameter 18
User-defined Display
F17.19 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:08.05
Parameter 19
User-defined Display
F17.20 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:08.30
Parameter 20
User-defined Display
F17.21 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:11.10
Parameter 21
User-defined Display
F17.22 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:13.00
Parameter 22
User-defined Display
F17.23 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:13.01
Parameter 23
User-defined Display
F17.24 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:13.02
Parameter 24
User-defined Display
F17.25 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:13.08
Parameter 25
User-defined Display
F17.26 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:13.09
Parameter 26
F17.27 User-defined Display Range:00.00～49.99 Default:00.00
- 133 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Parameter 27
User-defined Display
F17.28 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:00.00
Parameter 28
User-defined Display
F17.29 Range:00.00～49.99 Default:00.00
Parameter 29
F17 is user-defined parameter group. You can select the required parameters from all FR200
functions codes and add them into this group, convenient for view and modification.Description of
Function Codes FR200 User Manual Group F17 provides a maximum of 30 user-defined parameters.
If "00.00" is displayed, it indicates that group F17 is null. After you enter user-defined function code
mode, the displayed parameters are defined by F17.00 to F17.29 and the sequence is consistent with
that in group F17.

Group F22 Virtual IO

Terminal function Range: the same as funcode
F22.00 Default: 0
selection of virtual VDI1 F04.00
Terminal function Range: the same as funcode
F22.01 Default: 0
selection of virtual VDI2 F04.00
Terminal function Range: the same as funcode
F22.02 Default: 0
selection of virtual VDI3 F04.00
Terminal function Range: the same as funcode
F22.03 Default: 0
selection of virtual VDI4 F04.00
Terminal function Range: the same as funcode
F22.04 Default: 0
selection of virtual VDI5 F04.00
Virtual VDI1~VDI2 can be used as multifunctional digital input, they are set as common DI
Valid status setting
F22.05 mode of virtual Range: 00000～11111 Default: 00000
terminals
Setting status of virtual
F22.06 Range: 00000～11111 Default: 00000
VDI terminals
There are two modes to set status of virtual VDI terminal, and selected by F22.05
0:the validity of VDI depends on validity of VDO output,and VDOx uniquely bound with VDOx(x
range 1-5)
1:Binary digit of F22.06 determine the status of virtual terminal respectively
0:internal short circuited
Selection of virtual
F22.07 physics Dix Default: 0
VDO1 output function
Other:The same as F05.00
0:internal short circuited
Selection of virtual
F22.08 physics Dix Default: 0
VDO2 output function
Other:The same as F05.00
0:internal short circuited
Selection of virtual
F22.09 physics Dix Default: 0
VDO3 output function
Other:The same as F05.00
0:internal short circuited
Selection of virtual
F22.10 physics Dix Default: 0
VDO4 output function
Other:The same as F05.00
0:internal short circuited
Selection of virtual
F22.11 physics Dix Default: 0
VDO5 output function
Other:The same as F05.00
0:Output status of VDO1~VDO5 determined by input status of DI1~DI5 on the control board, at
this situation,there is a one-one correspondence between VD0x and Dix.
Virtual VDO1 output
F22.12 Range: 0.0s～6000.0s Default: 0.0s
delay time
Virtual VDO2 output
F22.13 Range: 0.0s～6000.0s Default: 0.0s
delay time
Virtual VDO3 output
F22.14 Range: 0.0s～6000.0s Default: 0.0s
delay time
F22.15 Virtual VDO4 output Range: 0.0s～6000.0s Default: 0.0s

- 134 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
delay time
Virtual VDO5 output
F22.16 Range: 0.0s～6000.0s Default: 0.0s
delay time
Positive and negative
F22.17 logic of VD0 output Range: 00000～11111 Default: 00000
terminal
Positive and negative logic of VD0 output terminal:
Positive logic: If terminal is invalid, then output 0, if terminal is valid, then output 1.
Negative logic:If terminal is invalid, then output 1, if terminal is valid, then output 0.

Group U00 Status Monitoring

Group U00 is used to monitor the AC drive's running state. You can view the parameter values by
using keypad, convenient for on-site commissioning, or from the host computer by means of
communication (address: 0x3000～0x3020). Status monitoring parameters in the running and stop
state are defined by F16.03 and F16.103.

U00.00 Running frequency Range:0.00～Fup Default:0.00Hz

U00.01 Set frequency Range:0.00～Fmax Default:0.00Hz
U00.02 Output voltage Range:0～660V Default:0V
U00.03 Output current Range:0.0～3000.0A Default:0.0A
U00.04 Output power Range:-3000.0～3000.0kW Default:0.0kW
U00.05 Estimated Motor Speed Range:0～60000rpm Default:0rpm
U00.06 Bus voltage Range:0～1200V Default:0V
Synchronous Range:0.00～Fup Default:0.00Hz
U00.07
Frequency
U00.08 PLC step Range:1～15 Default:1
Program Operation Range:0.0～6000.0s(h) Default:0.0s(h)
U00.09
Time

U00.10 PID set Range:0～60000 Default:0

U00.11 PID feedback Range:0～60000 Default:0
They display the PID setting value and PID feedback value.
PID setting = PID setting (percentage)  F13.03
PID feedback = PID feedback (percentage)  F13.03
Status of DI1～DI5
U00.12 Range:00000～11111 Default:00000
digital input terminal
0 means terminal input status is OFF, while 1 means terminal input status is ON.
Unit's place: DI1
Decade: DI2
Hundreds place: DI3
Thousands place: DI4
Status of DI6～DI7
U00.13 Range: 00～11 Default: 00
digital input terminal
Ten thousands place: DI5
0 means terminal input status is OFF, while 1 means terminal input status is ON.
Unit's place: DI6
Decade: DI7
Status of digital output
U00.14 Range: 0000～1111 Default: 0000
terminal
0 means terminal input status is OFF, while 1 means terminal input status is ON.
Unit's place: Y1
Decade: Y2
Hundreds place: R1
Thousands place: R2
U00.15 AI1 input Range: 0.0～100.0% Default: 0.0%

- 135 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
U00.16 AI2 input Range: 0.0～100.0% Default: 0.0%
U00.17 AI3 input Range: 0.0～100.0% Default: 0.0%
Keypad potentiometer
U00.18 Range: 0.0～100.0% Default: 0.0%
input
U00.19 HI input Range: 0.00～100.00kHz Default: 0.00kHz
U00.20 AO1 output Range: 0.0～100.0% Default: 0.0%
U00.21 AO2 output Range: 0.0～100.0% Default: 0.0%
U00.22 HO output Range: 0.00～100.00kHz Default: 0.00kHz

U00.23 Temperature of inverter Range:-40.0～120.0 ℃ Default: 0.0 ℃

Accumulative power-on
U00.24 Range:0～65535min Default: 0min
time
U00.25 Accumulative running time Range:0～65535min Default: 0min
U00.26 Cumulative power-on time Range:0～65535h Default: 0h
U00.27 Cumulative running time Range:0～65535h Default: 0h
U00.28 Count value Range:0～65535 Default: 0
U00.29 Length value Range:0～65535m Default: 0m
U00.30 Linear speed Range:0～65535m/min Default: 0m/Min
U00.31 Output torque Range:0.0～300.0% Default: 0.0%
PTC motor temperature
U00.32 Range: -40～200 ℃ Default: 0 ℃
detection
U00.35 Power consumption Range: 0～65535kWh Default: 0 kWh
U00.36 VDI1～VDI5 input status Range: 00000～11111 Default: 00000
VDO1～VDO5 output
U00.37 Range: 00000～11111 Default: 00000
status
Group U01 Fault Record
U01.00 Code of the latest fault Range:0～31 Default:0
Running frequency when
U01.01 Range:0.00～Fup Default:0.0Hz
the latest fault occurred
Output current when the
U01.02 Range:0.0～3000.0A Default:0.0A
latest fault occurred
Bus voltage when the
U01.03 Range:0～1200V Default:0V
latest fault occurred
Cumulative running time
U01.04 when the latest fault Range:0～65535h Default:0h
occurred
Check the information of the latest fault. See Chapter 7 for details of fault codes.
U01.05 Code of previous fault Range:0～31 Default:0
Running frequency when
U01.06 Range:0.00～Fup Default:0.0Hz
previous fault occurred
Output current when
U01.07 Range:0.0～3000.0A Default:0.0A
previous fault occurred
Bus voltage when
U01.08 Range:0～1200V Default:0V
previous fault occurred
Cumulative running time
U01.09 when previous fault Range:0～65535h Default:0h
occurred
Check the information of previous fault. See Chapter 7 for details of fault codes.
U01.10 Before-previous fault code Range:0～31 Default:0
Running frequency when
U01.11 before-previous fault Range:0.00～Fup Default:0.0Hz
occurred
Output current
U01.12 Range:0.0～3000.0A Default:0.0A
whenbefore-previous fault
- 136 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
occurred
Bus voltage when
U01.13 before-previous fault Range:0～1200V Default:0V
occurred
Cumulative running time
U01.14 when before-previous fault Range:0～65535h Default:0h
occurred
Previous 3 categories of
U01.15 The same with U01.00 Default: Err00
faults
Previous 4 categories of
U01.16 The same with U01.00 Default: Err00
faults
Previous 5 categories of
U01.17 The same with U01.00 Default: Err00
faults
Previous 6 categories of
U01.18 The same with U01.00 Default: Err00
faults
Previous 7 categories of
U01.19 The same with U01.00 Default: Err00
faults
Previous 8 categories of
U01.20 The same with U01.00 Default: Err00
faults
Previous 9 categories of
U01.21 The same with U01.00 Default: Err00
faults
Previous 10 categories of
U01.22 The same with U01.00 Default: Err00
faults
Previous 11 categories of
U01.23 The same with U01.00 Default: Err00
faults
Previous 12 categories of
U01.24 The same with U01.00 Default: Err00
faults
Previous 13 categories of
U01.25 The same with U01.00 Default: Err00
faults
Check the information of 3~13 previous fault (the fault sequence: before-previous fault, previous
fault, latest fault). See Chapter 7 for details of fault code.

- 137 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Chapter 7 Maintenance and Troubleshooting

FR200 inverter provides a number of warning information and protection, when a fault occurs, the
protective function is activated, the inverter will stop output, inverter fault relay contact, and in the
inverter displays the fault code on the display panel. Before seeking service user can press the
self-examination tips in this section, analyze problems, and identify solutions. If the problem still
cannot be excluded, seek services, or contact the dealer you purchase the drive with my company.

Display Fault Name Possible Causes Solutions

1: The output circuit is

1: Eliminate external faults.
grounded or short circuited.
2: Increase the acceleration
2: The acceleration time is too
time.
short.
3: Adjust the manual torque
3: Manual torque boost or V/F
boost or V/F curve.
curve is not appropriate.
4: Adjust the voltage to
4: The voltage is too low.
Err01 Accel overcurrent normal range.
5: The startup operation is
5: Select rotational speed
performed on the rotating
tracking restart or start the
motor.
motor after it stops.
6: A sudden load is added
6: Remove the added load.
during acceleration.
7: Select an AC drive of
7: The AC drive model is of too
higher power class
small power class.
1: The output circuit is
grounded or short circuited. 1: Eliminate external faults.
2: The deceleration time is too 2: Increase the deceleration
short. time.
3: The voltage is too low. 3: Adjust the voltage to
Err02 Decel overcurrent
4: A sudden load is added normal range.
during deceleration. 4: Remove the added load.
5: The braking unit and 5: Install the braking unit and
braking resistor are not braking resistor.
installed.
1: The output circuit is
1: Eliminate external faults
grounded or short circuited.
2: Adjust the voltage to
2: The voltage is too low.
Constant-speed normal range.
Err03 3: A sudden load is added
overcurrent 3: Remove the added load
during operation.
4: Select an AC drive of
4: The AC drive model is of too
higher power class.
small power class.
1: The input voltage is too
1: Adjust the voltage to
high.
normal range.
2: An external force drives the
2: Cancel the external force
motor during acceleration.
or install a braking resistor.
Err04 Accel overvoltage 3: The acceleration time is too
3: Increase the acceleration
short.
time.
4: The braking unit and
4: Install the braking unit and
braking resistor are not
braking resistor.
installed.

- 138 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
1: The input voltage is too
1: Adjust the voltage to
high.
normal range.
2: An external force drives the
2: Cancel the external force
motor during deceleration.
Decel or install the braking resistor.
Err05 3: The deceleration time is too
overvoltage 3: Increase the deceleration
short.
time.
4: The braking unit and
4: Install the braking unit and
braking resistor are not
braking resistor.
installed.
1: Adjust the voltage to
1: The input voltage is too high
Constant-speed normal range.
Err06 2: An external force drives the
overvoltage 2: Cancel the external force
motor during deceleration.
or install the braking resistor.
1: Instantaneous power failure
occurs on the input power
supply.
2: The AC drive's input voltage
is not within the allowable 1: Reset the fault.
range. 2: Adjust the voltage to
Err07 Bus undervoltage 3: The bus voltage is normal range.
abnormal. 3: Contact the agent or
4: The rectifier bridge and Frecon.
buffer resistor are faulty.
5: The drive board is faulty.
6: The main control board is
faulty.
1: The output circuit is
grounded or short circuited.
1: Eliminate external faults.
2: The connecting cable of the
2: Install a reactor or an
motor is too long.
output filter.
3: The module overheats.
3: Check the air filter and the
4: The internal connections
Err08 Short circuit cooling fan.
become loose.
4: Connect all cables
5:The main control board is
properly.
faulty
5: Contact the agent or
6: The drive board is faulty.
Frecon.
7: The inverter module is
faulty.
1: The three-phase power
input is abnormal.
2: The drive board is faulty. 1: Eliminate external faults.
Power input
Err09 3: The lightening board is 2: Contact the agent or
phase loss
faulty. FRECON.
4: The main control board is
faulty.
1: The cable connecting the
AC drive and the motor is 1: Eliminate external faults.
faulty. 2: Check whether the motor
Power output 2: The AC drive's three-phase Three-phase winding is
Err10
phase loss outputs are unbalanced when normal.
the motor is running. 3: Contact the agent or
3: The drive board is faulty. Frecon.
4: The module is faulty.
1: F11-17 is set improperly. 1: Set F11-17 correctly.
2: The load is too heavy or 2: Reduce the load and
Err11 Motor overload locked-rotor occurs on the check the motor and the
motor. mechanical condition.
3: The AC drive model is of too 3: Select an AC drive of

- 139 -
FR200 Series Vector control inverter
small power class. higher power class.
1: The load is too heavy or 1: Reduce the load and
locked-rotor occurs on the check the motor and
Err12 Inverter overload motor. mechanical condition.
2: The AC drive model is of too 2: Select an AC drive of
small power class. higher power class.
External 1: External fault signal is input
Err13 Reset the operation.
equipment fault via DI.
1: The ambient temperature is 1: Lower the ambient
too high. temperature.
2: The air filter is blocked. 2: Clean the air filter.
3: The fan is damaged. 3: Replace the damaged
Err14 Module overheat 4: The thermally sensitive fan.
resistor of the module is 4: Replace the damaged
damaged. thermally sensitive resistor.
5: The inverter module is 5: Replace the inverter
damaged. module.
EEPROM The EEPROM chip is Replace the main control
Err15
read/write fault damaged. board.
Since the identification
Motor auto-tuning Press STOP / RST key to
Err16 process, press STOP / RST
cancelled reset
key
1: the motor and the inverter 1: check the connection
output terminals are not between the inverter and
Motor auto-tuning connected motor
Err17
fault 2: The motor does not 2: The motor is disengaged
disengage the load load
3: The electrical fault 3: Check the motor
1: The PC is not working
1: Check the PC Connection
properly
Communication 2: Check the communication
2: The communication line is
Err18 overtime cable
not normal
error 3: The communication
3: F15 set communication
parameters are set correctly
parameters set incorrectly
Check the PID feedback
PID feedback PID feedback set value is less
Err19 signal or set to an
loss than F13.24
appropriate value F13.24
Continuous
Set the running time to reach reference F05.14
Err20 running time
this function Description
reached
1: Is not installed or is not
1: a copy of the card is
plugged parameter copy card
properly installed
Parameter 2: Parameter copy card
Err21 parameters
upload fault anomalies
2: for technical support
3: The control board
3: for technical support
abnormalities
1: Is not installed or is not
1: A copy of the card is
plugged parameter copy card
properly installed
Parameter 2: Parameter copy card
Err22 parameters
download fault anomalies
2: For technical support
3: The control board
3: For technical support
abnormalities
1: The brake line failure or 1: Check the brake unit,
damage the brake pipe replace the brake pipe
Err23 Braking unit fault
2: An external braking resistor 2: Increasing the braking
is too small resistor

- 140 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Module
temperature The temperature sensor
Err24 For technical support
detection failure or cable break
disconnection
Check that the load is
The AC drive running current disconnected or the setting
Err25 Load becoming 0
is lower than F11.22 F11-22 and F11-23 is
correct.
1: The load is too heavy or 1: Reduce the load and
locked rotor occurs on the check the motor and
With-wave
Err26 motor. mechanical condition.
current limit fault
2: The AC drive model is of too 2: Select an AC drive of
small power class. higher power class.
1: Check the grid voltage
Inverter soft-start 1: The grid voltage is too low
Err27 2: Demand for technical
relay is off 2: Rectifier module failure
support
1: The upper and lower
transmission module
Software version re-upload module
Err28 parameters in the parameter
compatibility fault parameters to pass down
version of the control panel
version mismatch.
1. Troubleshooting
1. Inverter output circuit being
peripheral problems;
grounded or short-circuit;
2. To increase the
2. The acceleration and
acceleration time;
deceleration time is too short;
3. Adjust the manually
3. Manually torque boost or
torque boost or V/F curve;
Instantaneous V/F curve not appropriate;
Err29 4. Adjust the voltage to
overcurrent 4. Voltage too low;
normal range;
5. Start the running motor;
5. Select RPM track start or
6. Sudden-load in the acce
start after motor stopped;
process;
6. Cancel sudden-load;
7. Model selection of inverter
7. Select the inverter with
power is too small.
larger power.
1: Input voltage is too high;
1: Adjust the voltage to
2. There is external force drag
normal range;
the motor to run in dece
2. Cancel external force or
Instantaneous process;
Err30 install brake resistor;
overvoltage 3. The deceleration time is too
3. To increase the
short;
deceleration time;
4. No installation of braking
4. Install braking resistor
resistor.
1、Reset PTC sensor
1、PTC sensor configuration
parameter
Motor not right
2、Increase motor
Err39 temperature too 2、Motor temperature
high temperature protection value
protection value too small
3、Waiting until motor is
3、Motor temperature too high
cooled
The setting 1、Running time more than
Err40 1. Contact the dealer
running time ends F00.25

- 141 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Chapter 8 Maintenance and Inspection

8.1 Inspection
Frequency semiconductor devices, passive electronic components, and the movement device is
configured, these devices have life, even under normal working conditions, if over the useful life, some
devices may have characteristic changes or failure. In order to prevent this phenomenon leads to
failure and must be checked daily, periodic inspection, parts replacement and other preventative
maintenance checks. After the machine installation is recommended every 3 to 4 months to conduct
an inspection. If any of the following situations, please check to shorten the cycle.
High-temperature, high-altitude environment;
Frequent starting and stopping the environment;
The presence of AC power or load greater volatility environment;
Environment existed large vibration or shock;
The existence of environmental dust, metal dust, salt, sulfuric acid, chlorine element;
Storage environment is very bad.
8.1.1 Daily inspection
To avoid damage and shorten the life of the inverter, please confirm the following items daily.
item contents Strategies
Check the supply voltage meets the
requirements phase power supply
Power supply Press nameplate asked to solve.
and the presence of the
phenomenon.
Installation environment meets the Confirm the source and properly
Surroundings
requirements of Table 3-1. resolve
Confirm whether the overload,
Whether the inverter and the motor
tighten the screws, if the inverter
Cooling System is abnormal discoloration 
heatsink fan is dirty confirm
and cooling fan status.
whether the stall.
Tightening mechanical and
Whether the motor is abnormal
Motor electrical connections and do
vibration and abnormal noise.
lubricated mechanical parts.
Inverter output current is higher than Confirm whether there is an
Load conditions the rating of the motor or inverter overload condition occurs confirm
and lasted for some time. the correct drive selection
Note: Do not relate jobs in the state power is turned on, otherwise there is danger of electric shock
to cause death. When conducting
circuit DC voltage has dropped to a safe level, five minutes before the related operations.
8.1.2 Regularly check
Under normal circumstances, every three months to four months to conduct a periodic inspection
is appropriate, but in the actual case, combined with the use of each machine and the working
environment, to determine the actual inspection cycle.

item contents Strategies

● fastening and replace bad parts;
● Insulation resistance check;
Overall ● Clean improving operating
● environmental inspections.
environment.
● Are there wires and connection
● Replace damaged wires;
portion discolored insulation for
● tighten loose terminals and
Electrical damage, cracks, discoloration and
replace the damaged terminal;
connection aging signs;
● measure ground resistance and
● connection terminals for wear,
tighten the corresponding ground
damage, loose;
terminal.
● ground checks.
Mechanical ● whether there is abnormal vibration ● tightening, lubrication,

- 142 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
connection and noise, fixed loose. replacement of bad parts.
Semiconduct ● Are stained with dirt and dust;  ● Clean the operating
or devices ● Are there significant changes in environment;
appearance. ● Replace damaged parts.
Electrolytic ● whether the leaks, discoloration,
capacitor cracking, safety is exposed, swelling, ● Replace damaged parts.
cracking or leakage.
Peripheral ● peripherals appearance and ● Clean E nvironm ent  replace
equipment insulation inspection. damaged parts.
● Fastening;
Printed circuit ● Are there odor, discoloration, severe ● Clean the printed circuit board;
board rust connector is correct and reliable. ● Replace damaged printed circuit
board. 
● whether the cooling fan is broken and
stall phenomenon;
Cooling ● fins are not stained with garbage and ● Clean the operating
System dirt, dirty; environment;
● air intake and exhaust ports are ● Replace damaged parts.
clogged or contaminated with foreign
matter.
● Are there broken keyboard and
Keyboard ● Replace damaged parts.
display incomplete phenomenon.
● fastening mechanical and
● The motor is abnormal vibration and
Motor electrical connections, and the
abnormal noise.
motor shaft lubrication.
Note: Do not relate jobs in the state power is turned on, otherwise there is danger of electric
shock to cause death. When conducting related operations, turn off the power and make sure the main
circuit DC voltage has dropped to a safe level, five minutes before the related operations.

8.2 Maintenance
All equipment, parts are all life, the right to life has been extended maintenance, but the damage
cannot be resolved equipment, devices, according to the requirements of life reached or are about to
reach the end of the device to be replaced.

Part name Life Cycle

Fan 2 to 3 years
Electrolytic capacitor 4 to 5 years
Printed circuit board 8 to 10 years
8.2.1 Fan
When replacing the cooling fan, use the original fan, buy original fan, and please contact the
dealer where you purchased the product or the company's sales department. Drive is equipped with a
plurality of cooling fan models. For a number of cooling fans with inverter, To maximize the useful life of
the product, when changing the cooling fan to simultaneously replace all the fans.

Fan Removal Method

1. Under pressure Figure 8-1 (a) shows a fan elastic snaps, while a little harder to pull out in
parallel, remove the fan cover from the Inverter.
2.Figure 8-1 (b) shown in order to come up with the fan cover and fan, and then press the fan as
shown in the medial elastic snap lead terminal, while a little harder to pull the fan lead terminal.

- 143 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Figure 8-1 (a) Remove the fan covers Figure 8-1 (b) Remove the fan
Fan Installation
1.Figure 8-2 (a) shown in finger pressure to the inside of the fan under the lead terminal elastic
snaps, while a little harder vertically into the lead terminal, and then fan vertically into the slot.
2.Figure 8-2 (b), (c) as shown in the fan shroud assembly ramp into the hole at one end and the
other end to snap into place.

Tags
t d
Figure 8-2 (a) Install the fan leads Figure 8-2 (b) Install the fan cover Figure 8-2 (c) fixed in place

Note:
1, do not related jobs in the state power is turned on, otherwise there is danger of electric shock to
cause death. When conducting related operations, turn off the power and make sure the main circuit
DC voltage has dropped to a safe level, five minutes before the related operations.
2, the drive to work due to the loss caused by the heat sink temperature, in order to prevent burns,
do not touch the heat sink fins must be confirmed sufficiently cooled to a safe temperature below then
replace the cooling fan.
3, in order to ensure that the inverter can maximize performance, please use the original fan.
8.2.2 Other Devices
Replacement of other devices to maintain familiarity with technology and products are very strict
and must go through rigorous testing to be put into use after the replacement, so I do not recommend
the user to replace the other internal components, if indeed need to be replaced, please contact the
dealer where you purchased the product or our sales department.

- 144 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Appendix A: Modbus Communication Protocol

1. Application Scope
1. Applicable series: FRECON FR series inverter.
2. Applicable network: Support Modbus protocol, RTU format, withsingle-master/multi-slave
Communication network of RS485 bus.
The typical RTU message frame format:
Device Function
Start Bit Data CRC Stop Bit
Address Code
T1-T2-T3-T4 8Bit 8Bit n*8Bit 16Bit T1-T2-T3-T4
2. Physical Interface
RS485 is asynchronous half-duplex Communication mode. LSB has transmission priority.
Default data format of RS485 terminal: 1-8-N-1，bits rate: 9600bps.
Data format 1-8-N-1, 1-8-O-1, 1-8-E-1, optional bits rates 4800bps, 9600bps, 19200bps,
38400bps, 57600bps and 115200bps can be selected.
Shielded twisted-pair cable is recommended Communication cable to lower external
interference.
3. Protocol Format

ADU

Initial Block of Stop Block of

Address of Command
Frame>=Idle Data CRC Frame>=Idle
slave Code
Periods of 4Bits Periods of 4Bits

The parity in ADU (Application Data Unit) is obtained via the CRC16 parity of the 1st three
Parts of ADU and switch the low bytes and high bytes. Low bytes of CRC parity go first, and high
bytes of it follow in the protocol format.
４. Description of Protocol Format
4.1 Address Code
Address of slave inverter. The setting range: 1～247, 0 is broadcast address.
4.2 Command Code

Command Code Function

03H Read parameters and status byte of inverter
06H Write single function code or control parameter of inverter
08H Circuit diagnosis and setting

- 145 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
4.3 Allocation of Register Addresses
name Description
High byte function code group number, F00～F31, U00, U01,
respectively, corresponding to the high byte address is 00H～1FH, 30H,
31H.
Low byte of the group function code number, from 0 to 99 corresponding
to the low byte address is 00H～63H.
For example: Modify F01.02 function code value, no power-down when
Function Code storing the corresponding register address (referred to as RAM address)
(F00.00～U01.99) to 0102H.
EEPROM is frequently modified, will reduce the life of the EEPROM. If
you modify the value of the function code-down storage needs, you can
make this function code is the highest position a high address. Note that
this address is only to write, not read.
For example: Modify F01.02 function code value, and the corresponding
need to power down when storing the register address (referred to as
EEPROM address) to 8102H.

Function code group RAM address high byte EEPROM address high byte
F00 0x00 0x80
F01 0x01 0x81
F02 0x02 0x82
F03 0x03 0x83
F04 0x04 0x84
F05 0x05 0x85
F06 0x06 0x86
F07 0x07 0x87
F08 0x08 0x88
F09 0x09 0x89
F11 0x0B 0x8B
F12 0x0C 0x8C
F13 0x0D 0x8D
F14 0x0E 0x8E
F15 0x0F 0x8F
F16 0x10 0x90
F17 0x11 0x91
F30 0x1E 0x9E
F31 0x1F 0x9F
U00 (Read Only) 0x30 --
U01 (Read Only) 0x31 --
4.4 Address and control command functions: (write only)
Command word address Command Function
0001: Forward run
0002: Reverse Run
0003: Inching Forward
2000H
0004: Reverse Jog
0005: Slowdown stop
0006: freewheel
0007: Fault reset
2001H Communication setting frequency (0～Fmax (Unit: 0.01Hz))
2002H PID given range (0 to 1000, 1000 corresponds to 100.0%)
2003H PID feedback range (0～1000, 1000 corresponds to 100.0%)
Torque set point (-3000～3000, 1000 corresponds to 100.0%
2004H
motor rated current)
2005～20FF Retention

- 146 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
4.5 The status and function of the read address Description: (read only)
Status word address functional status word

0000H: parameter setting

0001H: slave run
0002H: JOG operation
2100H
0003H: learning run
0004H: Slave parking
0005H: JOG parking
0006H: Fault Status
Bit0: 0 are given effective
1 Given negative effective
Bit1:0 frequency output Forward
1 frequency output inversion
Bit2～3:
00 Keyboard start-stop
01 terminal start-stop
10 start-stop communication
11 Reserved
Bit4:
2101H
0 Factory password is invalid
1 factory password is valid
Bit5:
0 user password is invalid
1 valid user password
Bit6～7:
00 basic function code group
01 user-defined function code group
10 different functions with the factory default code group
11 Others
2102H The current error code
2103H The current alarm code

5．Explanation of Command
Command code 0x03: Read parameter and status of inverter.
ADU Item Byte No. Range
Master requests:
Address of slave 1 0～127
Command Code 1 0x03
Register start address 2 0x0000～0xFFFF
The number of register 2 0x0000～0x0008
CRC parity(Low bytes go first) 2
Slave responds :
Address of slave 1 The local address
Command Code 1 0x03
Register start address 1 2 num be r
egisters
2 num
The number of register
registers
CRC parity 2
Remarks: Read maximum 8 function codes consecutively.
Command code 0x06: Write single function code or control parameter of inverter.
ADU Item Byte No. Range
Master requests:
Address of slave 1 0～127
- 147 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Command Code 1 0x06
Register start address 2 0x0000～0xFFFF
The number of register 2 0x0000～0xFFFF
CRC parity 2
Slave responds :
Address of slave 1 The local address
Command Code 1 0x06
Register start address 2 0x0000～0xFFFF
The number of register 2 0x0000～0xFFFF
CRC parity 2
Command code 0x08: Circuit Diagnosis and Setting
ADU Item Byte No. Range
Master requests:
Address of slave 1 0～127
Command Code 1 0x08
Register start address 2 0x0000～0xFFFF
The number of register 2
CRC parity 2
Slave responds :
Address of slave 1 The local address
Command Code 1 0x08
Register start address 2 0x0000～0xFFFF
The number of register 2
CRC parity 2
Remarks: Command code 0x08 is only for circuit check.

6．CRC Parity
Sending equipment calculates CRC parity value first, and then attaches it to the sending
message. Upon receipt of the message, receiving equipment will calculate CRC parity value again,
and compare the operation result with received CRC parity value. If the two values are different, it
indicates that there is error during transmission.
Calculation process of CRC parity:
1. Define a CRC parity register, and initialize it as FFFFH.
2. Conduct XOR calculation between the first byte of sending message and the value of CRC parity
register, and then upload the result to CRC parity register. Start from address code, the start bit and
stop bit will not be calculated.
3. Collect and check LSB (the least significant bit of CRC parity register).
4. If LSB is 1, shift each bit of CRC parity register rightwards by 1 bit, the highest bit filled with 0.
Conduct XOR calculation between the value of CRC register and A001H, and then upload the result to
CRC parity register.
5. If LSB is 0, shift each bit of CRC parity register rightwards by 1 bit, the highest bit filled with 0.
6. Repeat steps 3, 4 and 5 until completing 8 rounds of shifting.
7. Repeat steps 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6, and process the next byte of sending message. Repeat above
process continuously until each byte of sending message is processed.
8. CRC parity date will be saved in CRC parity register after calculation.
9. LUT (Look-up table) method is to obtain CRC parity in the system with limited time resources.
Simple CRC functions as shown in following (C language Programming):

- 148 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
unsigned int CRC_Cal_Value (unsigned char Da ta , uns igne d cha r Le ngth)
{
unsigned int crc_value = 0xFFFF;
int i = 0;
while (Length--)
{
crc_value ^= Da ta ++;
for (i=0; i<8; i++)
{
if (crc_value & 0x0001)
{
crc_value = (crc_value>>1) ^ 0xa001;
}
else
{
crc_value = crc_value>>1;
}
}
}
return (crc_value);
}
．Error Message Response
Inverter will send an error message report when the master sends error data or inverter receives
the error data due to the external interference.
When Communication error occurs, slave combines the highest bit 1 of command code and error
code as the response to the master.
Responding data frame format when errors happened in Communication:
ADU Item Byte No. Range
Error response:
Address of slave 1 0～127
Error command code 1 The highest bit 1 of command code
Error code 1 0x01～0x13
CRC parity(Low bytes go first) 2
Responding command code at normal Communication and error Communication
Responding Command Code at Normal Responding Command Code at Error
Communication Communication
03H 83H
06H 86H
08H 88H
Description of Error Code:
error Description error Description
Exceptional command
01H 03H Illegal Data
code
02H Exceptional data address 04H Operation failed
For example, for U00.00 write data 50.00HZ frequency. The host sends the data frame (hex):
01H 06H 30H 00H 13H 88H 8BH 9CH
Because F00.00 is read only, inverter responds error message. Inverter responds data frame in
hexadecimal format:
01H 86H 02H C3H A1H
Command code is 86H in error message, the highest bit 1 of 06H. If error code detail is 11H, it
means the parameter is read only.
After responding to the error data receipt, master can revise the responding program via
resending data frame or based on the error message responded by the inverter.
8. Illustration
1, No. 01 reads the output frequency value (U00.00), returned 5000, that 50.00Hz.

- 149 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
To send data:
01 03 30 00 00 01 8B 0A
The received data is:
01 03 02 13 88 B5 12
2, No. 01 Drive communication given frequency 30.00Hz, send the data content of 3000.
To send data:
01 06 20 01 0B B8 D4 88
The received data is:
01 06 20 01 0B B8 D4 88
3, communications sent on the 1st drive forward run command, write to the address 2000H 01
To send data:
01 06 20 00 00 01 43 CA
The received data is:
01 06 20 00 00 01 43 CA
4, No. 01 communications sent inverter deceleration stop command, the address to write to
2000H 05
To send data:
01 06 20 00 00 05 42 09
The received data is:
01 06 20 00 00 05 42 09

- 150 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

Appendix B: Accessories

B.1 Braking Resistor

When the inverter with high inertia loads or need to slow down rapid deceleration，Motor will in the
state of power generation, the energy is transferred to the inverter DC link via the inverter bridge,
causing the bus voltage of the inverter rises, when more than a certain value, the inverter will report
overvoltage fault, and even lead to inverter power module damage of overvoltage, to prevent this
happening, you must configure the brake components.
FR200 versatile compact inverter series are all built-in brake unit, customers simply external
braking resistor can be used. The following is recommended braking resistor power rating and
resistance. Depending on the load, the user can change the values appropriately, but must be within
the recommended range.
Brake
Inverter Model No. Resistance(Ω) Quantity Cable Size（mm2）
unit
FR200-4T-0.7G/1.5PB ≧360Ω 200W 1 1
FR200-4T-1.5G/2.2PB ≧360Ω 200W 1 1.5
FR200-4T-2.2G/4.0PB ≧180Ω 400W 1 1.5
FR200-4T-4.0G/5.5PB ≧180Ω 400W 2 2.5
FR200-4T-5.5G/7.5PB ≧60Ω 1KW 1 4
Standard
FR200-4T-7.5G/011PB ≧60Ω 1KW 1 4
built-in
FR200-4T-011G/015PB ≧30Ω 2KW 1 6
FR200-4T-015G/018PB ≧30Ω 2KW 1 6
FR200-4T-018G/022PB ≧30Ω 2KW 1 6
FR200-4T-022G/030PB ≧30Ω 2KW 2 6
FR200-4T-030G/037PB ≧30Ω 2KW 2 6
FR200-4T-037G/045P ≧30Ω 2KW 2 6
FR200-4T-045G/055P built-in ≧30Ω 2KW 3 6
FR200-4T-055G/075P Optional ≧30Ω 2KW 4 6
FR200-4T-075G/090P ≧30Ω 2KW 4 6
Remark:
Multiple braking resistors are connected in parallel mode. For example FR200-4T-022G/030PB
inverter braking resistor selection: Recommend selecting two 2KW, 30Ω resistor in parallel connection,
Equivalent braking resistor is 4KW, 15Ω.
If the power rating over 90kw, please refer to《FRBU User's Manual Of Braking Unit》to select the
braking resistor.
Cables listed in above table refer to the lead cable of single resistor. The DC bus should be
updated if the resistors are in parallel connection. Cable should withstand voltage above AC450V,and
temperature resistance of cable: 105℃.
B.2 Uploading and Downloading Module
Uploading and downloading module（0.7BCOP）is specially developed for the FR series
inverter an option, Mainly has the following features:
●Upload and download inverter parameters.
●The baud rate up to 100KHz.
●Easy to carry, size almost like an ordinary USB.
●You can view and modify parameters via USB powered.
Uploading and downloading module structure diagram shown in figure B-1:

- 151 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter

USB Cap

Upper case Connection socket

Under case
MIC-USB
Indicator light
Keychain hole

Figure B-1 Uploading and downloading module structure diagram

The following were introduced by uploading and downloading module to complete the parameter
copy and debugging steps
Applications 1: Upload and download inverter parameters steps
Step 1: Installing the uploading and downloading module to the inverter control board UP /
DOWNLOAD position（As shown in figure B-2）

Uploading and
downloading module
Work Location Map

Figure B-2 Uploading and downloading module installation

Seep 2: Powered through the inverter main circuit or power to the upload and download module
via the USB port, as shown in figure B-3.

Uploading and
downloading module
Work Location Map

Computer

Cable Mobile Power

Data wire

（a）Powered through the inverter main circuit （b）Powered through the USB
Figure B-3 Power to the uploading and downloading module
Step 3: Upload parameters, Setting F00.05 = 1, Press the ENT button, When F00.05 value
becomes 0, upload an end.
- 152 -
 FR200 Series Vector control inverter
Step 4: Download Parameters, Setting F00.05 = 2 or 3, Press the ENT button, When F00.05
value becomes 0, upload an end.
Step 5: Inverter main circuit or USB power off，Unplug upload and download modules from the
inverter control board (When USB powered, hot-swappable, The direction as shown in figure B-3).
Step 6: End.

Figure B-4 Uploading and downloading module removal

Application 2: Powered by USB to view and modify the drive parameters
Step 1: Installing the upload and download module in the inverter control board UP / DOWNLOAD
location（As shown in figure B-1）.
Step 2: Power to the upload and download module via USB（As shown in figure B-2(b).
Step 3: Query or modify inverter parameters.
Step 4: Unplug upload and download module from the inverter control board（As shown in figure
B-4）.
Step 5: End.

- 153 -